WORLD Languages
2015
K–12 and Higher Education
Cambridge University Press Over 400 years of Research, Discovery and Innovation
1209 University of Cambridge Founded 1534 Cambridge University Press Founded saac Newton Describes 1687 IThree Universal Laws of Motion
1859 Charles Darwin Introduces Theory of Evolution 1988 Stephen Hawking Publishes A Brief History of Time
CAMBRIDGE TODAY
3
Million
59
users have downloaded a Cambridge app.
Nobel Prize Winners have published a book with Cambridge.
100
Million
English Students use Cambridge products.
The Future of Learning is Now! 2
CONTENTS | WORLD LANGUAGES 2015
ENTORNOS
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAテ前LA
NEW!
MEDIA
edi tion
1
1 4
14
secondary
higher education
35
secondary
20/06/14 13:39
LATIN
SPANISH
MUNDO REAL MEDIA EDITION
| secondary
4
ENTORNOS | higher education
14
ツ。HOLA MUNDO!, ツ。HOLA AMIGOS! | primary
22
ADDITIONAL SPANISH RESOURCES | primary, secondary, higher education
26
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE | secondary
34
MINIMUS | primary
42
SUPPORT FOR THE CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE | secondary and higher education
44
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
47
ORDERING INFORMATION AND PRICE LIST
50
WORLD LANGUAGE SPECIALISTS
55
Mundo Real Media Edition
SPANISH
Mundo Real Media Edition uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom.
With real-life themes and natural speech, Mundo Real Media Edition teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
Features of Mundo Real Media Edition: • M undo Real Media Edition’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • A wealth of digital support—an online workbook, interactive eBooks, narrative and cultural videos, grammar tutorials, and an immersive online gaming environment—motivate students to continue language practice outside of the classroom. • C ommunicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings, and topical material encourages learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • E xtensive teacher support—including the intuitive and comprehensive Learning Management System, ELEteca— provides complete, time-saving solutions.
MEDIA
edi tion
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
3,302
1
18:22
18:22
18:22
Each Level of Mundo Real is accompanied by a Workbook for additional practice and review. • The eight units in each workbook provide additional practice for the skills covered in the Student Book. • For independent study or homework, the Workbook activities focus on reading and listening comprehension and written expression.
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
TEACHER’S EDITION
2
2 18:22
Real offers a communicative approach classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo guided and manageable content that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s immediately. With real-life themes, encourages students to begin speaking the language Real teaches the language relevant to high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo students’ lives.
2
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and and compelling content, is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively provides valuable support in and outside ofMundo theRealclassroom. need to succeed in and outside the images, and video to teach the language that learners
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365 18:22
2
encourages students to develop stronger • Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. that increase students’ comfort levels in • Communicative tasks develop language strategies
2
real-world settings. reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are Edition. writing skills seamlessly through engaging • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585
• Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)...........ISBN 9781107414396 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
content related to the unit theme. content in the unit to their lives, • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. solutions. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving Real, links teachers and students and • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365
2
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414396
• Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)...........ISBN 9781107414396
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770
1
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
17/03/14 08:59
11_MundoReal_profesor_Cubierta.indd 1
2
2
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
Mundo_Real_Ejercicios_Cubierta.indd 1 9781107414341 • Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9788498485585 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN ...........ISBN 9781107414396 • Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital 9781107414402 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN
TEACHER’S EDITION
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
19/03/14 08:56
19/02/14 17:51
19/02/14 17:51
MundoReal_2_Cubierta.indd 1
• eBook plus ELEteca Access.................................................................................. ISBN 9788498485585 • Workbook .................................................................................................................... ISBN 9781107414365
• DVD ................................................................................................................................. ISBN 9781107414402
edi tion
18:22
3 dvd.indd 3
27/02/14 14:16
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s 20/06/14 13:39 Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
2
3
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide .... ISBN 9781107650770
MEDIA
real
3
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access ................................................................. ISBN 9781107414341
• Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)........... ISBN 9781107414396
MUNDO Mundo Real is a three-level high school Spanish program that uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The Level 3 DVD contains all video corresponding to the Acción section of the Student Book, in addition to Casa de Español, a series of street-interview style videos that focus on functional Spanish phrases and high-impact grammar. These videos correspond to and reinforce the lessons of the Level 3 Student Book.
edi tion
MUNDO real
1
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
2
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
MEDIA
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access ................................................................. ISBN 9781107670921 • eBook plus ELEteca Access.................................................................................. ISBN 9788498485608 • Workbook .................................................................................................................... ISBN 9781107659667 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ ISBN 9781107645684
al_2_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide .... ISBN 9781107654778 • DVD ................................................................................................................................. ISBN 9781107687790
www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish/mundo-real MundoReal_3_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
4
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
20/06/14 13:52
3 20/06/14 13:40
| Secondary
SPANISH
What’s new in the Media Edition? Mundo Real Media Edition features a wealth of digital resources designed to supplement and enhance the Student Book.
Explore the rich, interactive world of Mundo Real ELEteca.
Gamification Content is organized in an interactive, dynamic format that connects academic achievement to gaming success and encourages students to take an active role in their learning. See More – Page 9
Video ELEteca
Mundo Real Media Edition is accompanied by a brand new narrative video series, as well as an abundance of cultural videos and grammar presentations and tutorials.
All digital content is integrated into ELEteca, the Mundo Real Media Edition Learning Management System, so the online world of Mundo Real Media Edition is accessible in one place, with one password.
Online Workbook
See More – Page 8
eBooks
EJERCICIOS VOCABULARIO
The Mundo Real Media Edition online workbook is integrated with the ELEteca gradebook, so it’s easier than ever for teachers to track the progress a student makes outside of the classroom.
3.1. Read carefully the following text about Alberto’s family.
Me llamo Alberto y esta es mi familia. Somos seis hermanos: tres chicos y tres chicas. Mis padres se llaman Jorge y María y mis hermanos Rocío, Sonia, Carla, Julio y Mateo. Mi madre es la mayor de dos hermanas y mi padre es el menor de tres hermanos. La hermana de mi madre se llama Susana y los hermanos de mi padre se llaman Juan y Eduardo. Tengo un abuelo y una abuela. Mi abuelo se llama Armando y es el padre de mi madre y mi abuela se llama Ángela y es la madre de mi padre.
a. Read carefully the following text about Alberto’s family.
Ángela
Juan
Armando
Student and teacher eBooks feature embedded audio and video, interactive activities, and a seamless connection to ELEteca. Your content is available on- or offline, making learning on the go simple and engaging for the student. See More – Page 10
Jorge
See More – Page 10 Rocío
Carla
Mateo
18
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
5
Mundo Real Media Edition
SPANISH
Communicative Language Learning With Mundo Real Media Edition’s communicative structure, students are speaking from the first page of every unit. uNidad
8
A dynamic image and discussion question act as a springboard for students to begin using the language immediately, creatively adapting language they have learned previously to respond to new situations.
¿QUÉ TIEMPO VA A HACER? ¿Te gusta pasear por la playa? ¿Vas a la playa o a la piscina en enero o en agosto? ¿Qué otras actividades haces en enero? ¿Y en agosto?
hablamos de... Un viaje al parque natural 1
1. La imagen representa... a. una foto de dos estudiantes. b. una foto de un grupo de amigos. c. una foto de dos excursionistas.
4. La chica de la foto... a. está de buen humor. b. está triste. c. está preocupada. 2
7
dUraNte el VIdeo 3
Fill in the blanks with the missing words from the video. a. Necesito dos� Son de �������� y sirven para ��������� b. Uno azul para �������� y otro �������� para corregir� c. El lápiz se usa para escribir y para dibujar� Es de �������� y lo puedes ���������
The brand new Mundo Real Media Edition video program is incorporated directly into the Student Book, with activities that strengthen comprehension and listening skills while exposing students to authentic and modern language.
7
uNiDaD
T a. La muchacha compra dos lápices, uno negro y otro rojo� b. No sabe qué es un lápiz� c. Compra seis cosas en total� d. Paga con tarjeta de crédito� e. En total gasta siete euros� 5
Indicate the items that you can keep in un estuche. • un sacapuntas • un bolígrafo • una tableta • un libro
6
to get up
yo me levanto tú te levantas usted/él/ella se levanta nosotros/as nos levantamos vosotros/as os levantáis ustedes/ellos/ellas se levantan
• unas tijeras • un compás • una goma de borrar • un cuaderno
to wake up
to go to bed
to get dressed
me despierto te despiertas se despierta nos despertamos os despertáis se despiertan
me acuesto te acuestas se acuesta nos acostamos os acostáis se acuestan
me visto te vistes se viste nos vestimos os vestís se visten
Mi madre se acuesta a las 12. My mother goes to bed at 12. Me visto antes de desayunar. I get dressed before having breakfast. Nos despertamos tarde. We wake up late.
Practice what you have learned with additional materials online.
203
8
Fill in the blank with the correct reflexive pronoun. ¡Atención! remember that the reflexive pronoun and the form of the verb refer to the same subject (or person). a. ¿A qué hora .................. despiertan? c. ¿A qué hora .................. acostamos? b. ¿A qué hora .................. levantas? d. ¿A qué hora .................. ducha tu hermana?
9
7 Write out the answers to the questions above. ¡Atención! remember to conjugate the infinitives 4
Grammar and vocabulary are presented after students have already begun speaking and listening to the language, reinforcing new language skills.
and use the correct reflexive pronouns. a. Yo / levantarse / a las 8:00. .................................................................................................................................... b. Mi hermana / ducharse / a las 7:30. .................................................................................................................... c. María y tú / despertarse / a las 8:30. ................................................................................................................... d. Nosotros / acostarse / a las 10:30. .......................................................................................................................
8 Fill in the blanks with the verb that applies to the action shown in the corresponding image. 4 b.
c.
d.
Todos los días, yo (a) ......... pronto, a las 8:30. Desayuno y (b) .......... Después, (c) .......... Por la tarde, hago deporte con mis amigos. A las 10:30 (d) ........., pero siempre (e) ......... un poco antes de dormirme. prepare a similar description about your day. Then take turns with a partner asking each other about what you do and when. Modelo: E1: ¿A qué hora te levantas? E2: Me levanto a las siete. E1: ¿Qué haces después?
6
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
cocinero/a
mecánico/a
b.
c.
P
M
E
d.
e.
jirafas
lago
pájaro
tienda
T
veterinario/a
B
V
f.
C
match the following professions to the location where the job mostly takes place. Then with a partner, read your answers aloud. ¿Dónde trabaja el/la...? • • • • • • • •
trabaja (works) en
129
• a. el hotel • b. la cocina • c. el hospital • d. la clínica veterinaria • e. el parque de bomberos • f. el teatro, en el cine... • g. la oficina • h. el restaurante
Look at the following list of activities that people have to do as part of their jobs. Then take turns with a partner asking each other who has to do each activity. • apagar fuegos to put out fires • hacer películas to make movies • contestar el teléfono to answer the phone • servir cafés, refrescos… to serve coffee, soft drinks • cuidar a los enfermos, a los animales to take care of patients, animals • preparar comidas to prepare food • crear programas en la computadora to create • reparar carros to repair cars programs on the computer • dar clases to teach class E2: El bombero o la bombera.
e. 124
9
profesor/profesora
Modelo: E1: ¿Quién tiene que apagar fuegos?
¡Atención! Not all the actions shown are reflexive. a.
enfermero/a
a.
1. bombero/a ............... 2. médico/a .................. 3. mesero/a ................... 4. cocinero/a ................ 5. veterinario/a ............. 6. actor/actriz ............... 7. recepcionista ........... 8. informático/a ...........
Otros verbos reflexivos: • ducharse to shower • bañarse to take a bath
With a partner, prepare a similar role-play at a stationery store and present it to the class. 6 4
restaurante con mesas de madera
4
Reflexive verbs in Spanish have regular –ar, –er or –ir endings. Some verbs will have a stem change. Look at the forms of the following reflexive verbs. (e ie) (o ue) (e i) levantarse despertarse acostarse vestirse
F
oso
48 Fill in the blanks under each image with the appropriate profession from the list. ¡Atención! remember to use the correct form of the noun to show agreement with the person in the image. Then listen to the audio to check your answers.
bombero/a
d. Para borrar utilizamos una ��������� e. El estuche se utiliza para �������� los bolígrafos y los lápices�
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
entrada
palaBra por palaBra las profesiones
desPUÉs del VIdeo 4
árbol
a. Jesús conoce muy bien el parque. b. Belén piensa que el parque está un poco lejos de su casa. c. En el parque no hay animales. d. El restaurante más barato está cerca de la entrada. e. Jesús quiere comprar otro mapa. f. Primero van a la tienda y después al restaurante.
170
UNIdad
62 Listen to the conversation and then decide whether the statements that follow are true (T) or false (F).
Belén: ¿Conoces este parque natural? Jesús: No, es la primera vez que estoy aquí. ¡Es increíble! Belén: Es verdad. A mí me gusta porque no está muy lejos de nuestra casa y podemos venir en carro. A mis hermanos les encanta jugar aquí. Hay árboles muy altos y muchos tipos de flores. ¡Ah! y es fácil ver animales; hay osos, jirafas y muchas especies de pájaros. También hay restaurantes para comer. Jesús: Genial. ¿Dónde están los restaurantes? Ya tengo un poco de hambre. Belén: Pues hay muchos, pero el más barato está cerca de la entrada. Nos gusta porque tiene unas mesas de madera bastante grandes. Jesús: ¿Seguro? Creo que en la entrada no hay restaurantes, según este mapa. Belén: Claro que sí, hay en la entrada y también detrás del lago. Tu mapa está mal. Jesús: ¿Y sabes si hay una tienda donde comprar otro mapa? Belén: Pues creo que hay una tienda delante de la entrada. Venga, vamos al restaurante y después de comer vamos a la tienda y seguimos con la ruta.
222
d. ¿Cuánto dinero crees que va a gastar en esta tienda?
2. El muchacho tiene en la mano... a. una guía. b. un papel. c. un mapa. 3. Los muchachos están... a. en la ciudad. b. en el campo. c. dentro de una oficina.
A sample dialog previews important structures and vocabulary from the unit, introducing language in context rather than as a series of isolated functions.
paseando por la playa en enero en Valparaíso, chile.
Look at the image below of two hikers finding their way around the nature reserve. Then choose the correct answer to complete the sentences.
computadora = ordenador (España) carro = coche (España) mesero/a = camarero/a (España)
F
| Secondary
DEStrEzaS
An integrated skills section combines listening, speaking, reading, and writing while retaining a strong focus on the real-life unit theme, and specialized pronunciation activities improve student competency and confidence while speaking.
comprENSióN auDitiVa 1
You will listen to four separate audio recordings. Before playing the audio, review the listening strategy in Destrezas and follow the suggestion. Destrezas Listen for specific information To listen efficiently, focus on the information you need in order to obtain the correct answer. Before listening to each segment, read the options. Then jot down or circle the specific information you need to listen for to help you select the correct answer. What information should you focus on in item...? 1. .......................................................................................... 3. .......................................................................................... 2. ..........................................................................................
2
4. ..........................................................................................
Listen to each short segment and then choose the best option based on the information you heard. 1. a. Juan se levanta todos los días a las 7. 3. a. Estudian español por la mañana. b. Juan se levanta todos los días a las 8. b. Estudian inglés por la mañana en el colegio. c. Juan se levanta todos los días a las 9. c. Estudian inglés por la mañana en el 2. a. Mi madre lleva unos zapatos rojos. instituto. b. Mi hermana lleva unos zapatos rosas. 4. a. El profesor quiere quedar con sus amigos c. Mi hermana lleva unos zapatos rojos. el lunes. b. El profesor quiere quedar con sus estudiantes el martes. c. El profesor quiere quedar el domingo por la tarde con sus estudiantes. 49
AS
¡Adoro la naturaleza!
Cultural sections use images, maps, and other cultural realia to introduce an interesting topic from one area of the Spanish-speaking world.
In this section, you will be writing an e-mail to a friend describing what you do on a typical day. Before you begin to write, review the writing strategy in Destrezas and follow the suggestion. Destrezas Create an activity chart
130
SaBor HiSpaNo
EL PUENTE ENTRE LAS AMÉRIC
ExprESióN E iNtEraccióN EScritaS 1
SPANISH
Make a chart listing information about your day. This will help you organize your description. Topic Questions personal information Schedule What time do you get up? What is your morning routine? What time do classes start? Activities What do you normally do? When and where do you do these activities? Free time activities What do you do with your friends?
Esta región de América Central tiene muchas sorpresas
Rana de ojos rojos.
América Central tiene una historia muy rica, con herencia de las culturas maya y olmeca, española y africana. La catedral de San Salvador, en El Salvador.
relato el día a día 1
¿Sabes que...?
Match the words to complete the expressions. 1. ir de ............... • 2. ir a ................. • 3. ir en ............... •
La ruta (highway) Panamericana cruza América Central y llega hasta Sudamérica. Tiene 48.000 kilómetros... ¡es una de las rutas más largas del mundo!
• a. bote • b. vacaciones • c. México
En la región hay más de 70 volcanes y 30 de ellos están activos. En Nicaragua hay 19 volcanes activos.
132
A reading passage synthesizes the skills and themes of the unit and builds comprehension and analytical abilities.
2
70
En América Central vive el 7% de las plantas y animales del planeta. Allí puedes ver jaguares, tortugas gigantes y monos araña (spider
La fiesta de Santo mala. Tomás, en Guate
El volcán San Cristóbal, en Nicaragua.
monkeys).
Además de español, en estos países se hablan varias lenguas indígenas. El concurso de surf, Reef Pro El Salvador, se celebra todos los años en Punta Roca. Es uno de los mejores lugares para hacer surf en la costa del Pacífico. El Juego de Pelota es un deporte de la civilización maya. En Guatemala hay más de 300 campos de juego que datan de 1400 a. C. (B.C).
En la fiesta de Santo Tomás, en Guatemala, hay una increíble competición de acrobacia.
Read about Lucía’s vacation plans.
las vacaciones de lucía
188
Me gusta ir de vacaciones con mis padres. Siempre organizan viajes muy interesantes y diferentes. Este año vamos a ir a México. ¡Me encanta! ¿Y qué voy a hacer? Pues no voy a visitar monumentos ni nada por el estilo. Voy a disfrutar (enjoy) de la naturaleza. ¡Voy a ver ballenas y mariposas monarca! ¿Sabes, querido diario, que todos los años, entre octubre y marzo, 300 millones de mariposas monarca viajan desde Canadá hasta México para hibernar? mariposa Estas mariposas viajan 4.000 kilómetros (durante más de 25 días) en busca de (to search of) una temperatura más cálida. Dicen que es fantástico poder verlas a todas juntas volando (flying). Su destino es lo que se llama el “Santuario de las mariposas monarca”, un bosque (forest) donde se quedan hasta primavera. A medida que entras en este bosque hay más y más mariposas que cubren las ramas de ballena los árboles, y con la luz (light) del sol empiezan a volar (to fly), y todo se vuelve de color naranja. ¿Cómo algo tan pequeño como una mariposa puede volar tantos kilómetros? ¡Es increíble! También vamos a ver las ballenas grises. En la misma época, muchas de estas ballenas se juntan en las aguas de Baja California para tener sus crías (young). Además, cuando ven gente en un bote, se acercan y muestran la cola (tail). ¡Voy a hacer un montón de fotos!
eValUacióN
Para las vacaciones... ¡elige tu destino favorito!
describiNg Where thiNgs are located
1
Complete the sentences to describe where these animals are located.
a. El pájaro está ........... la rama.
b. El gato está ........... la cesta.
c. La jirafa está ........... el árbol.
d. El elefante está ........... su madre.
e. El perro está ........... la mesa.
f. El caballo está ........... los árboles.
asKiNg aNd giViNg directioNs
2
Complete the conversations with the correct word from the list. hay
eN resUmeN: Vocabulario Expresiones de lugar Adverbs of place a la derecha de to the right of a la izquierda de to the left of al lado de next to cerca de close to, near debajo de under, below delante de in front of dentro de inside detrás de behind encima de on top of
A final review section recycles and integrates new skills while preparing students for assessment, and a glossary of new vocabulary and grammar structures serves as a valuable resource as students continue through the text.
Medios de transporte Means of transportation autobús bus avión airplane barco ship metro subway moto motorcycle
supermercado supermarket tienda de ropa clothing store zapatería shoe store Preposiciones Prepositions a, al to, to the (masculine) de, del from, from the (masculine) en on Adverbios de cantidad Adverbs of quantity bastante enough demasiado too much
taxi taxi tren train
entre between lejos de far from Verbos Verbs conocer to know, to be familiar with girar to turn hay there is, there are ir to go ir a pie to go on foot
ir de vacaciones to go on vacation ir de viaje to go on a trip jugar to play seguir to follow
Descripciones Descriptions barato/a inexpensive caro/a expensive cómodo/a comfortable incómodo/a uncomfortable lento/a slow peligroso/a dangerous rápido/a fast seguro/a safe, certain En la ciudad In the city centro comercial shopping center, mall cine movie theater estación de metro subway station estación de tren train station farmacia pharmacy librería bookstore museo museum parada de autobús bus stop
recto
giras
sigues
ir
izquierda
a. Alicia: ¿Cómo puedo ........................ a la plaza de España? Enrique: Sigues todo recto, ........................ a la derecha y allí está la plaza de España. b. Beatriz: ¿Me puedes indicar cómo llegar a Callao? Samuel: En la primera calle giras a la ........................ y después todo ........................ . c. Liliana: ¿Dónde ........................ una farmacia por aquí cerca? Nicolás: ........................ todo recto y luego giras a la derecha.
3
Check the boxes for the questions you would use to ask where something is located. a. b. c. d.
Perdone, ¿para ir a la biblioteca? Oye, ¿sabes si hay un parque por aquí cerca? Perdona, ¿sabes dónde está el museo? Oiga, ¿hay un restaurante cubano en este pueblo?
190
mucho very much, a lot muy very poco very little, not much Animales y plantas Animals and plants árbol tree flor flower jirafa giraffe lago lake oso bear
pájaro bird 192
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
7
SPANISH
Mundo Real Media Edition
Engaging Video Content Discover new ways to incorporate video into your instruction, both in and outside of the classroom! Mundo Real Media Edition contains a wealth of video content designed to: • engage students in each unit’s theme • expand their knowledge of and interest in the culture of the Spanish-speaking world • clarify difficult grammar points and language skills • model authentic language and a wide variety of accents and dialects
Mundo Real Media Edition features a brand new narrative video series that aligns with each chapter of the Student Book, modeling and synthesizing the communicative skills of the text. • V ideo segments are connected but episodic, allowing greater instructional flexibility while engaging students with familiar characters. • T he video is set in and around a Latin American university, featuring relatable characters and topics that won’t seem juvenile to upper-level students. • R eal-life situations and activities—navigating a new city, shopping, playing and watching sports—model relevant language in context, building a student’s ability to communicate outside of the classroom.
Cultural video segments expand upon the cultural sections of the text, inviting students to explore the traditions and histories of different areas of the Spanish-speaking world. • C lips last 3-5 minutes, making them easy to incorporate into a larger cultural lesson. • S panish narration provides additional aural input for students. • E ach clip includes a post-viewing comprehension activity.
Grammar tutorials are appropriate for in-class and at-home use. These short clips can be used to introduce new grammar concepts, or to reinforce and review difficult skills. • E xplanations and examples are all in Spanish, encouraging critical thinking in the target language. • Animations and real-world examples make tutorials engaging and relevant.
8
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
| Secondary
SPANISH
Gamification A New Way to Learn Language THE MISSION
THE RULES
THE TOOLS
Each of your students has been offered an internship as a blogger for a global news organization. The job? To produce entries for a blog on trends throughout the Spanish-speaking world.
Each intern must report to a virtual editor-in-chief, who gives out tough assignments and sets strict deadlines. Don’t miss a deadline, or your blog post might not make the cut.
Each intern has a virtual cell phone, laptop, and video camera to produce exciting multimedia blog posts.
Secondary
THE DETAILS • E ach assignment requires that students understand, analyze, and synthesize information in different forms—video, text, audio, and images—before producing content of their own. • S tudents have access to a mix of controlled content but are also encouraged to make guided Internet searches, improving their filtering and research skills.
• S tudents complete a variety of manageable tasks before producing their own blog posts. Each correct and complete activity allows a student to advance and receive further instructions from the editor-in-chief. • S tudents move gradually from controlled language input to open-ended language output, building skills and confidence while moving through an engaging gaming environment.
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
9
SPANISH
Mundo Real Media Edition
Online Workbooks The Mundo Real Media Edition workbook is now fully digital! It has never been easier for students to complete their practice exercises, or for teachers to keep track of that practice. All of the content of the Mundo Real Media Edition workbook has been adapted for an online environment, for a workbook with:
EJERCICIOS VOCABULARIO 3.1. Read carefully the following text about Alberto’s family.
Me llamo Alberto y esta es mi familia. Somos seis hermanos: tres chicos y tres chicas. Mis padres se llaman Jorge y María y mis hermanos Rocío, Sonia, Carla, Julio y Mateo. Mi madre es la mayor de dos hermanas y mi padre es el menor de tres hermanos. La hermana de mi madre se llama Susana y los hermanos de mi padre se llaman Juan y Eduardo. Tengo un abuelo y una abuela. Mi abuelo se llama Armando y es el padre de mi madre y mi abuela se llama Ángela y es la madre de mi padre.
• S eamless integration with ELEteca, for a convenient single sign-on for the student, and painless student tracking for the teacher.
a. Read carefully the following text about Alberto’s family.
• An optimal mix of automatically-graded and teacher-graded activities. Ángela
Juan
Armando
Jorge
Rocío
Carla
Mateo
18
Interactive eBooks Mundo Real Media Edition eBooks are fully interactive and fully integrated with ELEteca, so that teachers can track a student’s at-home and in-class progress through the textbook. Each eBook features: • Online and offline modes. All eBook content—including audio, video, and activities—is available offline. • F ully interactive activities that are automatically graded, even in offline mode. Student grades and activity will sync to ELEteca automatically whenever a connection is established. • I ntegrated audio and video, so that students can listen to or view the relevant clip while completing textbook activities. • e Books are available on iPad, Android tablets, Mac and PC, and students can access their individual eBook from an unlimited number of different devices.
10
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
| Secondary
SPANISH
ELEteca ELEteca is the powerful digital center of Mundo Real Media Edition. This full-service Learning Management System is the gateway to all student and teacher resources, and serves as a robust communication tool in and outside of the classroom. Through ELEteca, students and teachers can access: • T he Online Workbook, including a grade and progress reporting system for teachers and students. • A ll video content, including the narrative video from the Student Book, cultural videos, and grammar presentations and tutorials. • All Student Book audio. • T he interactive Spanish Blogger game, including grade and progress reporting for teachers. • W iki and Forum tools and assignments, which allow students to work collaboratively online. • A dditional practice activities for every unit of the Student Book. • U nit Tests, workbook answer keys, and video scripts (available for instructors only).
Students will enjoy:
Teachers will enjoy:
• A wealth of multimedia content.
• A simple and customizable gradebook.
• Additional ungraded practice activities.
• P rintable and customizable assessment tests and electronic answer keys.
• A n easy messaging system for communicating with teachers and peers. • A single customizable sign-on.
Secondary
• S eamless access to the Digital Master Guide and additional instructor support.
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
11
Mundo Real Media Edition
SPANISH
Additional Teacher Resources
PALABRA POR PALABRA. LANGUAGE AND VOCABULARY Objectives for Palabra por palabra • Present vocabulary w to practice communicative and grammatical functions of the unit related to: family and clothes • Identify family members • Talk about what people are wearing
PALABRA POR PALABRA La familia 1
Look at the drawing and read the description of Jaime’s family. Juan
Ester
Core Resources • In-class Activities: 9 • Audio Program: 33/34 • Smartboard Materials: 6 • Interactive Online Activities
Pilar
Francisco Arnal
Teacher’s Edition
Pablo
Rosa Sabater Carmen
The Teacher’s Edition offers a wealth of support, including a lesson planning guide, supplementary resources for projection, unit tests, Workbook answer keys, and a cultural appendix for expansion activities.
Jaime
Luis
Each Teacher’s Edition includes free access to ELEteca and the Digital Master Guide.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
18:22
11_MundoReal_profesor_Cubierta.indd 1
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341
2
1
encourages students to develop stronger • Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. that increase students’ comfort levels in • Communicative tasks develop language strategies
real-world settings. reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are Edition. writing skills seamlessly through engaging • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and content related to the unit theme. thematic content in the unit to their lives, • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. solutions. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving Real, links teachers and students and • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
30/12/13 15:43
29/01/14 16:36
9781107414341 • Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9788498485585 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN ...........ISBN 9781107414396 • Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital 9781107414402 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN
MundoReal_2_Cubierta.indd 1
1
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585
18:22
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365
MEDIA
edi tion
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365
2
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414396
• Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)...........ISBN 9781107414396
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770
2
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
Mundo_Real_Ejercicios_Cubierta.indd 1
17/03/14 08:59
11_MundoReal_profesor_Cubierta.indd 1
2
19/03/14 08:56
19/02/14 17:51
19/02/14 17:51
MundoReal_2_Cubierta.indd 1
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310
• Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)...........ISBN 9781107414396
3 dvd.indd 3
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107670921 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485608
2
1
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107654778 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107687790
24/06/14 15:03
UNIDAD
3
a. Julia b. Sara 4
3
Listen to Paula talk about her family and identify Paula’s relationship to the following people. 33
..................................................................... .....................................................................
11_MundoReal_profesor_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
20/06/14 14:02
Choose the correct completion as it applies to you. 4. Yo soy ................ de mis padres. a. el hijo b. la hija
2. Yo soy ................ de mi hermana. a. la hermana b. el hermano
5. Yo soy ................ de mis primos. a. la prima b. el primo
Take turns asking your partner about the following members of his/her family.
• Complete eBooks of the Teacher’s Edition and Student Book
tíos hermanos menores abuelos un primo favorito
Answers for Activity 3: a. hermana; b. madre; c. abuelo; d. tío.
• A dditional answer keys, appendices, grammar chart, and teacher resources.
Modelo: E1: ¿Tienes hermanos?
Answers for Activity 4 Answers can either be a or b, depending on the gender of the student. If students confuse words of different gender, remind them that generally words that end in a are feminine and those that end in o are masculine, such as nieta and nieto.
E2: Sí, tengo un hermano. E1: ¿Cómo se llama? E2: Mi hermano se llama Jeff.
6
3
Instructional Strategies Activity 5 • In addition to giving family names and relationships, have students describe physical and character traits. • Before starting the activity, you may have students draw their own family trees. Students work in pairs to can also create their partner’s family tree based on the description they hear. Afterwards they can compare to see if they are accurate. • Additional practice: Have students complete In-class Activity 9. They should complete each box with a description of each family member including physical and character traits, and the family relationships.
Mundo Real Media Edition ELEteca includes a link to the Digital Master Guide, an additional digital resource accessible from any tablet or computer. The Digital Master Guide includes:
3. Yo soy .......................... de mis tíos. a. el sobrino b. la sobrina 5
20/06/14 15:01
Digital Master Guide
c. Pepe ................................................................... d. Antonio .............................................................
1. Yo soy ................ de mis abuelos. a. el nieto b. la nieta.
edi tion
3
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107645684
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414402
11_MundoReal_2_profesor_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
MEDIA
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107659667
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619
UNIDAD
Let’s play. Give a definition in Spanish describing family relationships. Your partners will identify the relative you are referring to. La madre de mi madre...
Answers for Activity 5 Answers will vary. Es la abuela.
n from the reading.
61
Answers for Activity 4 Answers will vary, but should reflect proper use of unit vocabulary. If students have difficulty creating a family tree, provide a model and tell them that older family members go on top and younger family members go at the bottom.
Answers for Activity 6 Answers will vary, but should reflect family relationships using unit vocabulary.
12
27/02/14 14:16
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334
11_MundoReal_1_profesor_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
f. Rosa es la ..................... de Francisco. g. Pilar es la ..................... de Carmen. h. María y Luis son ..................... de Daniela. i. Juan y Ester tienen cinco ...................... j. Pilar tiene tres ......................
edi tion
TEACHER’S EDITION
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303
real
18:22
3
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
TEACHER’S EDITION
TEACHER’S EDITION
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176
2
1
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
MEDIA
MUNDO Mundo Real is a three-level high school Spanish program that uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The Level 3 DVD contains all video corresponding to the Acción section of the Student Book, in addition to Casa de Español, a series of street-interview style videos that focus on functional Spanish phrases and high-impact grammar. These videos correspond to and reinforce the lessons of the Level 3 Student Book.
3
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107414341 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485585 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414365 • Value Pack (Student Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook)...........ISBN 9781107414396 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107650770
1
1 Mundo_Real_Ejercicios_Cubierta.indd 1
Each Level of Mundo Real is accompanied by a Workbook for additional practice and review. • The eight units in each workbook provide additional practice for the skills covered in the Student Book. • For independent study or homework, the Workbook activities focus on reading and listening comprehension and written expression.
2
9781107650176 • Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9788498485561 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master 9781107414334 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334
1
real-world settings. reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are Edition. and writing skills seamlessly through • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading engaging content related to the unit theme. content in the unit to their lives, • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. solutions. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving Real, links teachers and students and • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
18:22
18:22
18:22
Real offers a communicative approach classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo program’s guided and manageable content that focuses on functional, real-life language. The immediately. With real-life themes, encourages students to begin speaking the language Real teaches the language relevant to high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo students’ lives.
TEACHER’S EDITION
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303
18:22
• Mundo speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. that increase students’ comfort levels in • Communicative tasks develop language strategies
3,302
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
18:22
2
lives.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334 to develop stronger students Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and and compelling content, is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively provides valuable support in and outside ofMundo theRealclassroom. need to succeed in and outside the images, and video to teach the language that learners
2
TEACHER’S EDITION
1
1
Each Level of Mundo Real is accompanied by a Workbook for additional practice and review. • The eight units in each workbook provide additional practice for the skills covered in the Student Book. • For independent study or homework, the Workbook activities focus on reading and listening comprehension and written expression.
2
1
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
18:22
18:22
that focuses on functional, real-life language. immediately . With real-life themes, highencourages students to begin speaking the language teaches the language relevant to students’ interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real
MUNDO real
60
18:22
TEACHER’S EDITION
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately . With real-life themes, highinterest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. content, and compelling and uses lively program which • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo links teachers and students new Spanish is an exciting Mundo Real Real, need to succeed in and outside the images, and video to teach the language that learners Real offers a communicative approach provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom. classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo The program’s guided and manageable content
TEACHER’S EDITION
Answers for Activity 2: encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to a. marido; b. padre; c. hermana; d. hijos; e. abuelos; g. tía; h. primos; i. nietos; j. sobrinos. students’ lives.
TEACHER’S EDITION
Answers for Activity 1: Answes will vary.
TEACHER’S EDITION
Instructional Strategies María Activity 1 Daniela • Bring in a photo of you with your own family padre papá or project an image from the Internet of a madre mamá famous family to see how much background esposo marido knowledge students have on the topic. Ask esposa mujer students: ¿A quién conocen en la foto? ¿Qué La familia de Jaime no es muy grande. Su padre se llama Francisco Arnal y su madre, Rosa relación hay entre las personas? Sabater. Francisco y Rosa son esposo y esposa. Tienen tres hijos: la mayor es Carmen que tiene 16 años, Jaime, su hermano, tiene 12 años, y Daniela, la hermana pequeña tiene 8 • You may also use In-class Activity 9 of the años. El padre de Francisco se llama Juan, y su madre, Ester. Juan y Ester son los abuelos de Simpson family for the same purpose and ask Carmen, Jaime y Daniela. Jaime y sus hermanos son los nietos de Juan y Ester y los sobrinos de Pilar, su tía, la hermana de Francisco. Pilar está casada con Pablo y tienen dos hijos: students to expand by describing physical María y Luis. María y Luis son los primos de Jaime y de sus hermanas. and character traits of each member. • Introduce the expression, se parece a Complete the sentences using the information from the reading. 2 (resembles o similar to), for additional a. Francisco es el ..................... de Rosa. f. Rosa es la ..................... de Francisco. practice. b. El ..................... de Jaime se llama Francisco. g. Pilar es la ..................... de Carmen. c. Daniela es la ..................... de Jaime. h. María y Luis son ..................... de Daniela. Activity 2 d. Francisco y Rosa tienen tres ...................... i. Juan y Ester tienen cinco ...................... 60 • After students complete the activity, check e. Los ..................... de Jaime se llaman Juan y Ester. j. Pilar tiene tres ...................... comprehension by asking students to form questions about the relationships among the different members of Jaime’s family and have volunteers provide answers. For example: ¿Quién es Rosa? Rosa es la esposa de Francisco. Rosa es la madre de Jaime, Carmen y Daniela…
TEACHER’S EDITION
Standards 1.1 Engage in conversation 1.2 Understand the language 1.3 Present information 4.2 Compare cultures
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org 61
SPANISH
Cuaderno para hispanohablantes
UNIDAD
| Secondary c. GrAMáTIcA 1. eL preSenTe de IndIcATIVo reGuLAr
3
El verbo y las conjugaciones. Los verbos en español se dividen en tres grupos o conjugaciones:
The Mundo Real Cuaderno para hispanohablantes is written for native speakers and heritage learners, and adapted to the unique language strengths and weaknesses of a student who has grown up speaking conversational Spanish. The Cuaderno para hispanohablantes features: • U nits that mirror the units of the Mundo Real Media Edition Student Book and Online Workbook, so that classes can move at the same pace through the text.
• Infinitivo en -ar como trabajar. • Infinitivo en -er como comer. • Infinitivo en -ir como vivir. • Cada conjugación tiene terminaciones diferentes.
Yo Tú Él/ella/usted Nosotros/as Vosotros/as Ellos/ellas/ustedes
Primera conjugación Verbos en -ar trabajar trabajo trabajas trabaja trabajamos trabajáis trabajan
Segunda conjugación Verbos en -er comer como comes come comemos coméis comen
Tercera conjugación Verbos en -ir vivir vivo vives vive vivimos vivís viven
• Hay verbos regulares e irregulares en cada tiempo y modo verbal. c. GrAMáTIcA • En muchos verbos irregulares, la persona nosotros no cambia: tenemos, hacemos, jugamos…
Practica. Completa las oraciones según la información del cuadro.
• S panish direction lines and grammar explanations, which reinforce the lessons of the student book while introducing students to academic Spanish. • Six sections per unit, which expand upon the skills of the student book:
Expansión gramatical: Tú o usted • La forma de la persona yo de las tres conjugaciones termina en (1) ............................ Usamos tú con amigos y familia. Es informal. • Son completamente diferentes las formas de• las personas (2) ............................ y (3) ............................ en las tres • Usamos usted/ustedes con gente que no conocemos, en el trabajo, con superiores o como marca de conjugaciones. respeto hacia los padres. Es formal. • Los verbos de la (4) ............................ y (5) ............................ conjugación todas iguales • También usamostienen ustedes paralasla terminaciones segunda persona del plural, formal o informal. excepto para la persona nosotros/as. • En Argentina en lugar de tú se usa vos: Vos trabajás / comés / vivís. • El presente de indicativo se usa para expresar acciones la vidasedeusa una persona. Vosotros/as trabajáis / coméis / vivís • En España habituales en lugar de en ustedes vosotros/as: Practica. Completa el cuadro.
Practica. Completa el cuadro.
• Vocabulario, which adapts the vocabulary lessons of the Online Workbook. mpliación de vocabulario, which includes expansion activities • A and lessons unique to the Cuaderno para hispanohablantes.
Yo Tú Él/ella/usted Nosotros/as Vosotros/as Ellos/ellas/ustedes
Formal
Informal
diálogo 1 diálogo 2leer
Formal
Informal
diálogo 3
diálogo 4 escribir escribo lees escribes 1 Empareja la forma correcta de cada verbo con los sujetos correspondientes para saber lo que hacen lee estas personas.
tomar tomo toma
1. Tú….................................. • leéis 2. Nosotros… ................. • 3. Ustedes… .................... • 4. Yo….................................. • 5. Carla… ........................... •
tomáis toman
• Gramática, with in-depth grammar lessons and explanations.
2
• F onética y ortografía, which focuses on skills that are less emphasized in the Student Book.
• a. compartimos una ensalada durante la cena. escribís • b. siempre comen hamburguesas con queso. escriben • c. hace su tarea y come al mismo tiempo. 63 • d. no lees el periódico porque tienes que ir a la escuela. • e. no escribo cartas porque estoy muy ocupado.
Elige el verbo más adecuado y escríbelo en la forma correcta. vender • estar • trabajar • ser • tener • abrir • haber • comprar Mi hermano (a) ............................ en una tienda de ropa. (b) ............................ suéter, pantalones, faldas, vestido, etc., ropa informal. La tienda (c) ............................ a las 10:00 de la mañana todos los días, domingos también. La tienda (d) ............................ cerca de la playa y (e) ............................ muchos turistas que (f) ............................ allá. Mi hermano (g) ............................ muy trabajador y (h) ............................ la tienda muy bonita y ordenada, me gusta mucho.
estrezas, a combined skills section that addresses reading, writing, • D and public speaking.
3
Estás en una reunión familiar y observas qué hacen los demás. Escribe seis oraciones completas sobre las cosas que veas. 1. ............................................................................................................................................................... 2. ............................................................................................................................................................... 3. ............................................................................................................................................................... 4. ............................................................................................................................................................... 5. ............................................................................................................................................................... 6. ...............................................................................................................................................................
• Cultura, featuring cultural expansion information and activities. 64
PRICE
LEVEL 1
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 3
Student’s Book plus 1-year ELEteca Access
$59.95
9781107472532
9781107473379
9781107473775
Student’s Book plus 6-year ELEteca Access
$79.95
9781107472563
9781107473461
9781107473744
Online Workbook (1-yearl Access)
$11.95
9781107472662
9781107474338
9781107473669
Online Workbook (6-year Access)
$31.95
9781107472747
9781107474307
9781107473614
Online Workbook Activation Card
$11.95
9781107472761
9781107474284
9781107473607
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook Activation Card) 1-year Access
$64.95
9781107472587
9781107473553
9781107473737
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook) 6-year Access
$84.95
9781107472594
9781107473645
9781107473720
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (1-year Access)
$24.95
9781107472778
9781107474246
9781107473584
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (6-year Access)
$44.95
9781107472785
9781107474239
9781107473577
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card
$24.95
9781107472792
9781107474192
9781107473539
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (1-year Access)
$34.95
9781107472839
9781107474161
9781107473454
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (6-year Access)
$54.95
9781107472853
9781107474154
9781107473430
E-book for student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$34.95
9781107472907
9781107474147
9781107473416
Heritage Learner’s Workbook
$19.95
9781107472921
9781107474123
9781107473393
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (1-year Access)
$14.95
9781107472983
9781107473980
9781107473348
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (6-year Access)
$34.95
9781107473010
9781107473935
9781107473317
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook Activation Card
$14.95
9781107473126
9781107473928
9781107473270
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (1-year Access)
$69.95
9781107472945
9781107474017
9781107473362
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (6-year Access)
$89.95
9781107472969
9781107474000
9781107473355
Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide
$74.95
9781107473294
9781107473904
9781107472723
DVD
$44.95
9781107473331
9781107473881
9781107472754
13
SPANISH
Entornos
ENTORNOS
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAÑOLA
Primer curso de lengua española Building everyday language through contemporary content! Entornos is Cambridge University Press’s new introductory college course that helps learners develop the language skills they need to communicate in Spanish. Entornos provides tangible support to students, allowing them to successfully process new language skills. The techniques and strategies of the course encourage learners to reflect on their own learning and style of communication. By connecting essential lexical strategies with functional, real-world topics, learners seamlessly develop both language and academic skills. Features of Entornos: • V ocabulary, linguistic functions, grammar, and culture are integrated in a comprehensive form that is manageable for both students and instructors.
www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish/entornos
• E xciting new technology includes stimulating cultural and authentic-language videos, as well as cutting-edge gamification technology that makes learning more active and participatory. • C ontemporary, engaging unit themes encourage students to connect Spanish to their own lives, encouraging critical thinking and oral communication in the target language. • I ntegrated grammar instruction strengthens students’ understanding of key language structures and offers meaningful practice. • C ommunicative tasks develop language strategies that increase learners’ comfort level in real-world settings.
Developing 21st Century Learning Skills: Entornos Entornos supports key competencies—such as collaboration, digital literacy, critical thinking, and problem-solving—that help learners thrive in the Spanish classroom, while connecting the language to the skills all college learners need to succeed academically and professionally.
14
The activities and strategies of Entornos feature: • C reativity, critical thinking, problem-solving, and decision-making. • Communication and collaboration. • Digital learning.
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
SPANISH
| Higher Education
Building a Digital Classroom with Entornos In today’s university classroom, it is more important than ever that students develop digital fluency, stay connected from home or in a blended classroom, and are motivated by vibrant multimedia content. Entornos’s wealth of digital resources ensures that students engage with Spanish in the same multitude of ways with which they engage with content outside of the classroom.
Gamification Content is organized in an interactive, dynamic format that connects academic achievement to gaming success and encourages students to take an active role in their learning.
Video Entornos is accompanied by a contemporary video series that follows a group of Latin American college students, as well as an abundance of cultural videos and grammar presentations and tutorials.
ELEtecaDestrezas
lectura All digital content is integrated1 into Comprensión ELEteca,dethe Entornos familia. Learning Management System, so3.32. the TuWith online world of a partner, take turns asking each other the following questions. a. ¿Cómo familia? c. ¿Cómo se llaman? Entornos is accessible in one place, with onees tupassword. b. ¿Cuántas personas hay en tu familia?
3.33.
d. ¿Se reúnen con frecuencia? ¿Qué fiestas celebras con tu familia? La Nochebuena. Read the following text about a Mexican family getting together to celebrate a traditional Christmas Eve en Oaxaca, Mexico.
ESTRATEGIA
ENTORNOS
Identify descriptive words While reading, focus on the words used to describe this family. Then underline those that refer to personality traits and circle those that refer to a physical aspect.
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAÑOLA
Todos los años el mismo problema. Mi madre no sabe cómo organizar a la familia en la mesa. En total, somos nueve. Siempre es un desastre porque todos somos muy diferentes. La abuela Julia es muy nerviosa y habladora. Lleva siempre ropa muy oscura. Odia los teléfonos celulares y el pelo largo en los hombres. El tío Vicente, con corbata y traje negros, es muy pesimista y habla muy poco. Su mujer, Guadalupe, siempre habla por el celular. La prima Marta es muy alegre pero bastante supersticiosa. Es actriz. Lleva pantalones y vestidos de muchos colores… Mi hermana Sara es muy tranquila e inteligente pero un poco tímida, siempre con sus jeans viejos y una playera donde está escrito: “Prohibido hablar por el celular, gracias”. Óscar, el novio de Sara, lleva el pelo largo y rizado. No habla mucho. Mi padre es muy hablador, optimista y sociable, pero sus ojos no soportan los colores claros ni los muy oscuros. La pobre mamá, que es muy buena, no sabe qué hacer ni dónde sentarnos para evitar conflictos. 3.34.
A la mesa. Arrange the seating chart below for this family’s dinner. a.
b.
c.
i.
d.
h. 3.35.
eBooks eBooks for student and instructor feature embedded audio and video, interactive activities, and a seamless connection to ELEteca. Your content is available on- or offline and from an unlimited number of devices, making learning on the go simple and engaging for the student.
g.
f.
e.
Descripciones. With a partner, describe the following people with the information presented in the reading. c. Sara e. La prima Marta g. Mamá a. La abuela Julia b. El tío Vicente d. Óscar f. Papá h. La tía Guadalupe
Online Workbook 3.36.
Nuestras tradiciones. Tell the class about your own family celebration or tradition. Modelo: En mi familia, nosotros...
The Entornos online workbook is integrated with the ELEteca gradebook, so it’s easier than ever for instructors to track the progress a student makes outside of the classroom. 16
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
15
Entornos
SPANISH
Entornos: Unit Highlights
HABLAMOS DE... 3.1
Unit 3
Ramón
Hablamos de opens each unit with communicative tasks that activate students’ prior language knowledge and reinforce the unit theme. Engaging activities and dialogues provide a backdrop for students to use the target language immediately.
A vibrant image provides a visual introduction to the unit theme. Each unit theme focuses on everyday language and tangible, useful communicative situations, and learning outcomes are clearly stated at the beginning of each unit.
- Una familia mexicana
Vocabulario y Comunicación - La familia: Describing personality traits and physical conditions - La ropa: Describing physical characteristics
a. b. c. d. e. 3.2 8
f.
Esta es la familia de Ramón. Hay diez personas en la foto. La abuela de Ramón tiene el pelo blanco. El señor con la playera azul es el padre. El abuelo tiene un perro negro en brazos.
g. h.
El sobrino de Ramón tiene menos de cinco años. Es un bebé. Es pequeño. Hoy celebran el cumpleaños de la madre. Todos están tristes.
Ramón is showing his friend María a cell phone picture of his family. Follow along as you listen to the conversation. Then choose the correct option in the sentences below. Ramón: Mira, María, mi familia el día del cumpleaños de mi madre. María: ¿Esta es tu madre? Ramón: Sí, y ese hombre es mi padre. Es moreno, igual que todos nosotros. Mis abuelos ahora tienen el pelo blanco. María: Sí, es verdad. Tu padre es muy alto, ¿no? Ramón: Sí, y es muy simpático. Siempre está contento. María: ¿Tu hermana es esta que tiene el pelo largo? Ramón: Sí, tiene dos hijos. Este es Jorge y tiene tres años. El bebé se llama Roberto pero no está en la foto. María: ¡Jorge es precioso! ¿Y cómo se llama el perro? Ramón: Se llama Dante. Siempre tiene hambre. Bueno, y tú, ¿cuántos hermanos tienes? María: No tengo hermanos. Soy hija única.
a. b. c.
La madre de Ramón es rubia/morena. El padre de Ramón es bajo/alto. El padre de Ramón es simpático/antipático.
d. e. f.
El abuelo de Ramón tiene el pelo blanco/largo. La hermana de Ramón es la madre/hermana de Jorge. María tiene un hermano mayor/no tiene hermanos.
4
Vocabulario y Comunicación uses communicative and action-based activities to encourage students to keep engaging with prior language while learning key vocabulary. Content is always presented by language function, and high-frequency vocabulary words are presented in context to help students infer meaning and internalize the unit vocabulary.
3 Hablamos de
Una familia mexicana
La familia de Ramón Look at the image of Ramón and his family. Then select the sentences that are true based on what you see or can infer.
2.A. Vocabulario: la ropa 3.11
Video - TBD: Strategy
Mi familia
Gramática
Destrezas
- –er and –ir verbs - Possessive adjectives - Demonstrative adjectives
Comprensión de lectura: - Identifying descriptive words
Mundo hispano
Recomendaciones Marina loves to blog about clothes and what to wear. Match the sentences to the articles of clothing Marina recommends for different activities and occasions. El blog de Marina
El blog de Marina
En resumen
inicio | archivos | tendencias |
Para celebrar un cumpleaños
La familia mexicana - Encuentra a la - México persona de tus sueños - Vocabulario
Para caminar por la ciudad d.
Para clase
Expresión escrita: - Making a chart
buscar
b. e.
Interacción oral: - Creating a graphic organizer
f.
2
a.
c.
Para hacer deporte
The Video section presents exciting new video following the lives of learners studying at a university. The current and everyday language, as well as the real-life scenarios, will motivate and engage learners.
g.
h.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 8
16
Para visitar a la familia de tu novio
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Unas botas. Unos jeans corte recto. Un cárdigan y bufanda gris. Una blusa rosa y falda gris. Unos tenis.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
i.
j.
Una playera roja y pantalones de entrenamiento. Unas sandalias. Una blusa verde, unos jeans corte skinny y unas balerinas. Un vestido anaranjado. Unos zapatos de tacón alto.
SPANISH
| Higher Education 3.26
Think about you and your family and complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs adding a logical ending. a. Mi familia y yo (vivir) ....................................................................................................... b. Normalmente yo (comer) ................................................................................................. c. Mi prima Julia (vivir) ....................................................................................................... d. En un restaurante, nosotros (comer) ..................................................................................
3.27
Take turns asking each other when you do the following activities. Respond with additional information about when or where you do them or why you don’t. Modelo: subir / fotos a los medios sociales. E1: ¿Subes fotos a los medios sociales? E2: Sí, subo fotos a Facebook, ¿y tú? E1: Yo no. Soy un poco vago.
Destrezas integrates key language skills—reading comprehension, active listening and oral and written expression—in a series of engaging activities that are based on the unit’s theme.
Other terms commonly used: medios sociales = redes sociales autofoto = selfie
a. comer / con tus amigos b. asistir / a clase c. ver / la televisión d. leer / entradas en Facebook e. recibir / mensajes de texto
¿Tomas autofotos cuando estás aburrido?
DESTREZAS
2. POSSESIVE ADJECTIVES
>> Possessive adjectives tell you whose object or person is being referred to (my car, his book, her mother, etc.). In
Spanish, possessive adjectives agree in number with the nouns that follow them. Here are the possessive adjectives in Spanish: Singular my your his/her/your (for.) our your (pl., Spain) their/your (pl.)
1. comprensión de lectura
Plural
Masculine
Feminine
Masculine
Feminine
mi carro tu carro su carro nuestro carro vuestro carro su carro
mi casa tu casa su casa nuestra casa vuestra casa su casa
mis carros tus carros sus carros nuestros carros vuestros carros sus carros
mis casas tus casas sus casas nuestras casas vuestras casas sus casas
3.34
With a partner, take turns asking each other the following questions. a. ¿Cómo es tu familia? d. ¿Se reúnen con frecuencia? b. ¿Cuántas personas hay en tu familia? e. ¿Qué fiestas celebras con tu familia? c. ¿Cómo se llaman?
3.35
Read the following text about a Mexican family getting together to celebrate a traditional Christmas Eve en Oaxaca, Mexico.
ESTRATEGIA Identify descriptive words While reading, focus on the words used to describe this family. Then underline those that refer to personality traits and circle those that refer to a physical aspect.
Mi teléfono es muy moderno. My phone is very modern. Marisa tiene dos gatos. Sus gatos son negros. Marisa has two cats. Her cats are black.
>> Possesive adjectives must agree in number (singular/plural) with the noun they modify. In addition to agreeing in
La Nochebuena Todos los años el mismo problema. Mi madre no sabe cómo organizar a la familia en la mesa. En total, somos nueve. Siempre es un desastre porque todos somos muy diferentes. La abuela Julia es muy nerviosa y habladora. Lleva siempre ropa muy oscura. Odia los teléfonos celulares y el pelo largo en los hombres. El tío Vicente, con corbata y traje negros, es muy pesimista y habla muy poco. Su mujer, Guadalupe, siempre habla por el celular. La prima Marta es muy alegre pero bastante supersticiosa. Es actriz. Lleva pantalones y vestidos de muchos colores… Mi hermana Sara es muy tranquila e inteligente pero un poco tímida, siempre con sus jeans viejos y una playera donde está escrito: “Prohibido hablar por el celular, gracias”. Óscar, el novio de Sara, lleva el pelo largo y rizado. No habla mucho. Mi padre es muy hablador, optimista y sociable, pero sus ojos no soportan los colores claros ni los muy oscuros. La pobre mamá, que es muy buena, no sabe qué hacer ni dónde sentarnos para evitar conflictos.
number, nuestro and vuestro must also agree in gender. Nuestro tío es divertido. Our uncle is fun. Nuestra tía es rubia. Our aunt is blond.
15
Gramática introduces the unit’s grammar through clear and comprehensive grammar explanations, followed by lively communicative activities.
3.36
Describe the following people with the information presented in the reading. a. la abuela Julia c. Sara e. la prima Marta g. mamá b. el tío Vicente d. Óscar f. papá h. la tía Guadalupe
3.37
With a partner, arrange the seating chart below for this family’s dinner using the information you have learned about them. a.
b.
c.
i.
d.
h. 3.38
g.
f.
e.
Tell the class about your own family celebration or tradition. Modelo: En mi familia, nosotros...
18
EN RESUMEN ¿QUÉ HAS APRENDIDO?
Situación Encuentra a la persona de tus sueños You just registered on Match.com and want to find the person of your dreams.
ACTION
Describe physical characteristics and personality traits
Ask and say what people are like
3.43
Write a brief description of yourself including your physical characteristics and your personality traits. Mi nombre es... Soy...
3.44
From all the people that have responded, one caught your attention. Call your best friend and describe this person to her/him.
3.45
Your special person wrote back and asked you about your family and your interests. This person wants to know more about you before you two meet in person. Write to this person and explain what are your favorite things to do, and what is your family is like.
Describe family members, express possession, and talk about everyday activities
Adjuntar archivos
Adjuntar fotos
Enviar
Responder
Escribe un comentario
3.46 Talk about clothes and talk about everyday activities
22
Sabor hispano presents a cultural topic from one area of the Spanishspeaking world, engaging students with interesting, high-level cultural information.
3.45 Your special person and you are going to meet tonight for the first time. Call your best friend and ask her/him for advice about what to wear, what to talk about, etc. Your partner will ask you questions about what you know of him/ her so far. Use the following questions as a guide: ¿Cómo es? ¿De dónde es? ¿Cuántos años tiene? ¿Estudia o trabaja? ¿Qué llevo? ¿Por qué? ¿De qué hablo? Modelo: E1: Tengo una cita con... y estoy nervioso/a.
En resumen provides a built-in review for students to assess their understanding of the content covered in each unit, and allows both students and their instructors to evaluate the class’s knowledge of the unit’s learning outcomes.
Contact Your World Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
17
SPANISH
Entornos Engaging Video Content Entornos contains a wealth of video content designed to: • engage students in each unit’s theme • e xpand their knowledge of and interest in the culture of the Spanish-speaking world • c larify difficult grammar points and language skills • m odel authentic language and a wide variety of accents and dialects
Gamification: A New Way to Learn Language THE MISSION Each of your students has been offered an internship as a blogger for a global news organization. The job? To produce entries for a blog on trends throughout the Spanish-speaking world.
THE RULES Each intern must report to a virtual editor-in-chief, who gives out tough assignments and sets strict deadlines. Don’t miss a deadline, or your blog post might not make the cut.
THE TOOLS Each intern has a cell phone, a laptop, and a video camera to produce exciting multimedia blog posts.
THE DETAILS • E ach assignment requires that students understand, analyze, and synthesize information in different forms—video, text, audio, and images—before producing content of their own. • S tudents have access to a mix of controlled content but are also encouraged to make guided Internet searches, improving their filtering and research skills. • S tudents complete a variety of manageable tasks before producing their own blog posts. Each correct and complete activity allows a student to advance and receive further instructions from the editor-in-chief. • S tudents move gradually from controlled language input to open-ended language output, building skills and confidence while moving through an engaging gaming environment.
18
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
| Higher Education
SPANISH
Online Workbooks
ENTORNOS
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAÑOLA
The Entornos Online Workbook provides a flexible and user-friendly opportunity for language practice outside of the classroom. The Entornos Online Workbook features: • S eamless integration with ELEteca, for a convenient single sign-on for the student. • Painless student tracking and grading for the instructor. • An optimal mix of automatically-graded and instructor-graded activities.
Interactive eBooks
ENTORNOS
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAÑOLA
The Entornos Student eBook is fully interactive and fully integrated with ELEteca, so that instructors can track a student’s at-home and in-class progress through the textbook. Each eBook features: • Online and offline modes. All eBook content—including audio, video, and activities—is available offline. • F ully interactive activities that are automatically graded, even in offline mode. Student grades and activity will sync to ELEteca automatically whenever a connection is established. • I ntegrated audio and video, so that students can listen to or view the relevant clip while completing textbook activities. • e Books are available on iPad, Android tablets, Mac and PC, and students can access their individual eBook from an unlimited number of different devices.
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access
$114.95
9781107468528
Loose Leaf Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access
$ 99.95
9781107469280
ELEteca Activation Card
$ 54.95
9781107469334
Online Workbook Activation Card
$ 34.95
9781107469341
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$139.95
9781107469303
Loose Leaf Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$124.95
9781107469327
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card
$ 59.95
9781107469402
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$ 84.95
9781107469396
Annotated Instructor’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide
$124.95
9781107469358
DVD
$ 24.95
9781107469389
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
19
SPANISH
Casa del Español
Learn Spanish anywhere, anytime, and on any device. Casa del Español is an immersive online course for beginning through intermediate Spanish students. The course features a wealth of audio and video content, as well as an engaging practice environment that encourages learners to strengthen their language skills. Casa del Español: • Emphasizes communicative skills. • Features authentic language in context. • Includes a wide variety of activity types. • U ses audio and video to present natural, engaging language. Casa del Español is appropriate for adult and young adult learners. The syllabus is designed in six flexible blocks, appropriate for Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced high school students, or for a full year of Introductory College Spanish.
Secondary
1
2
3
Level 1 (Beginning)
Higher Education
1
4
5
Level 2 (Intermediate)
2
3
Level 3 (Advanced)
4
Semester/Spanish 1
6
5
6
Semester/Spanish 2
Casa del Español is connected to the Cambridge Spanish Learning Management System, ELEteca, so teachers can track the work their students do both in the classroom and at home. All Casa del Español content can be loaded onto your school’s LMS for even easier institutional access.
For pricing and ordering information, please contact Customer Service at orders@cambridge.org or 800-872-7423. You can also visit www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish/casa-del-espanol.
20
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
| Secondary | Higher Education
SPANISH
Learning with Casa del EspaĂąol is simple and flexible:
WATCH
LISTEN
Short video clips present the language in context, encouraging students to engage with new vocabulary and language functions at the start of each lesson. Each clip features a variety of native and non-native speakers.
Students can test their comprehension by listening to audio-only tracks, reviewing the language they have learned already or challenging themselves with new vocabulary and language functions.
STUDY
PRACTICE
After engaging with new language in context, students dive deeper into the grammar, vocabulary, and principal communication strategies of the lesson. Explanations and tutorials ensure that students fully understand and internalize the language.
Finally, interactive activities allow students to practice and combine the skills they’ve learned.
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
21
SPANISH
¡Hola Mundo!, ¡Hola Amigos! Introductory Spanish for Grades 2-5
Student Book
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! is a comprehensive two-level Spanish course for children in grades 2-5. The course uses songs, games, interactive activities, and illustrated stories to motivate young learners to excel, taking into consideration:
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos!
Their World: relevant topics, images, songs, games and characters. Their Way of Learning: observing, participating, playing, singing, and learning actively. Their Individuality: varied instructional styles and a diverse cast of characters.
48-612-4 48-613-1 48-610-0
48-614-8 48-615-5
k).
Student Book
1
Level
!, ¡Hola, Amigo
s!
1
Amigos!
¡Hola, Mundo
mprehension. ons of the Spanish -speaking world. into everyday instruc tion.
undo!, ¡Hola,
Each unit follows a group of six classmates from around the Spanish-speaking world, as they (and their mischievous dog, Lio) take on challenges at school, go on outings together, vacation with their families, and become friends.
978-84-9848612-4 978-84-9848613-1 978-84-9848610-0
978-84-9848614-8 978-84-9848615-5
2
2
Level
Left to right: Mar, Héctor, Santi, Julia, Oda, Germán
Units begin with an engaging song introducing new vocabulary and language functions... ...and end with a comic that focuses on the unit theme and reinforces the lessons of the unit.
22
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
|
Primary
SPANISH
The Interactive World of ¡Hola, Amigos! Every ¡Hola, Mundo! Student Book includes access to the interactive digital course ¡Hola, Amigos! ¡Hola, Amigos! was developed by Instituto Cervantes, the Spanish Governmental Agency dedicated to the study of Spanish language and culture. Each level of ¡Hola, Amigos! has eight units that correspond to the Student Book, reinforcing and expanding the lessons of each unit.
A short film that features a cast of elementary school characters from across Latin America grounds each unit, providing the basis for the games and activities to come.
Cultural Extension passages and activities introduce students to the diverse customs and traditions of the Spanish-speaking world.
Interactive games and activities reinforce the grammar and vocabulary from the Student Book.
FPO? 210dpi A comic builder allows students to create their own comics with the characters of ¡Hola, Amigos!
Short, engaging stories re-contextualize the language functions of each unit.
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
23
SPANISH
¡Hola Mundo!, ¡Hola Amigos!
Teacher Resources The ¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! Teacher’s Manual contains a wealth of classroom resources, including: • A comprehensive introduction to the methodology of the course. • A bank of illustrated assessment tests. • A bank of interactive games, including both original activities and suggestions for adapting common games—Hopscotch, I Spy, Blind Man’s Bluff—to the language classroom. • A ccess to the online platform ELEteca, which contains printable activities, assessments, Student Book pages, and answer keys. The Teacher’s Manual also provides extensive support for each Student Book unit, including: • Suggestions for introducing and administering each activity. • Reinforcement and extension activities for each lesson. • C ross-references to the flash cards and posters in the Classroom Pack. • Suggestions for incorporating the interactive digital course, ¡Hola, Amigos!
Lesson 3
REINFORCEMENT Sesión 3
OBJECTIVES » To learn numbers 1 to 10. » To learn the basic colors. » To do simple sums using the numbers in Spanish. » To consolidate the content learned throughout the unit.
9
7
11 Cuenta y suma.
Escucha y señala.
LANGUAGE Vocabulary: numbers 1 to 10; the basic colors: rojo, amarillo, azul, verde, blanco, negro.
A
9. LISTEN AND POINT.
Use frame 3.
»
Explain to the children what is in the picture. This is a type of hopscotch, a traditional game in Spain, also played in other countries. Tell them that they need to know the numbers from 1 to 10 in order to play.
1
10
8
Escucha y repite. Luego, deletrea.
2
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! © Editorial Edinumen
Encourage them to learn the numbers so they can play with their friends in the park; as they jump they have to say aloud the number on which they are landing.
Rojo
Amarillo
Azul
Verde
Blanco
4 8 ocho
point to the flags in the picture; pause as required.
ask the children to say them as you point to them. Do this » As a fun activity you can say the colors and all the chilfirst in order, then again at random. dren that have that color (their clothes, school material, etc.) have to stand up. » Take away four flashcards and erase those words from the board. Ask the children to think which numbers are missing. To practice the colors, turn to the » Ask four children in order to check the answer. Los colores de la clase activity in the Explora y descubre section, Unit 4. ¡Hola, Amigos! To practice numbers and addition, turn to the ¿Cuántos hay? activity in the Más que palabras section, Unit 5. ¡Hola, Amigos! NOTES 8
»
Write the names of the colors in Spanish on the board and use the flashcards to introduce them. Say the names as you point and show the corresponding flashcard.
»
Play the recording and ask the children to repeat as they
18
24
10. LISTEN, REPEAT AND SPELL.
Explain to the children that in this exercise they are going to learn the following colors in Spanish: red, yellow, blue, Sin título-1 green, white and black.
3
Negro
Tell the children they will hear the numbers from 1 to 10. Point out that first they will hear the number spelled out. Rojo, amarillo, azul, verde, blanco, negro. Ask them to point as they listen. Display the flashcards with the pictures of the numbers on the board, copying the » Play the recording again: the children repeat as you point to the colors written on the board and show the hopscotch and point to each of them. flashcards. » Play the recording. » Choose children at random to say the color as you show U-n-o uno, d-o-s dos, t-r-e-s tres, c-u-a-t-r-o cuatro, c-i-n-c-o cinco, a flashcard. s-e-i-s seis, s-i-e-t-e siete, o-c-h-o ocho, n-u-e-v-e nueve y d-i-e-z diez. » Ask the children to spell each color in pairs. Choose several pupils to spell the words in front of the class. » Write the words under each of the numbers flashcards and »
»
Place the color flashcards face down and uncover them one at a time, asking pupils to say the name of the color.
»
Draw three flags on the board and tell the children which color is to be used for each part when they color them. At the end, they have to guess which countries they are from.
»
Give out sheets of white paper divided in half and ask the pupils to draw different domino tiles. Choose several pupils to stand up and show their dominos as the others say the number on each half and the sum of the two halves.
12 Juega con tu compañero.
»
»
»
4
EXTENSION
…3 C… ¡Verde!
3C
Material proyectable 3 • Unidad 1
Ask the children to draw a rocket about to take off in their notebooks and write the numbers from 10 to 1, imitating a countdown.
cuatro
COMPETENCES » Mathematical competence. 7
»
B
C
D
7 8 4 10 3 9 5 2
nueve
NOTES
9
11. COUNT AND ADD. »
Ask the children to count and do the sums in their heads. Give them a few seconds to do this.
»
Copy the same dominos on the board. Ask different children to say the numbers as you point to the top or bottom of each one.
»
Ask for volunteers to come out to the board and write the answer to the sums and the name of each number.
»
KEY: 7, siete. 5, cinco. 10, diez. 6, seis. 3, tres.
12. PLAY WITH A PARTNER. »
Explain to the children that they will play battleships in pairs, following the example given. One pupil says the coordinates and the other repeats them and gives the answer. If he/she is correct, he/she gets one point. If he/ she is wrong, the other child has the chance to answer and gain a point.
»
This can be played as a group with the whole class, choosing different pupils each time in order to make it more fun. COMPETENCES
Mathematical competence. By means of this activity, pupils develop this competence since they are working with the numbers from 1 to 10, both orally and in writing. Furthermore, they practice the basic operation of addition.
1
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! • Teacher’s Manual • Level 1
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! • Teacher’s Manual • Unit 1
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
19
SPANISH
| Primary Sesión 3
5
The ¡Hola, Mundo! Activity Book The Activity Book is filled with additional activities for practicing the content in the Student Book. • T he activities are fun and interactive, including a range of dynamics—coloring, cutting out, using stickers—that engage young learners.
Une y escribe.
11 12 13 14
6
• E ach section ends with a personal activity, in which students adapt the language functions and vocabulary they have learned to speak about their own lives.
_____________________ _____________________ trece _____________________ _____________________
qui nce
onc e
16 20 14 12 18 15 19 13 17 11
die cin ueve tre ce die cis éis ¡Mmm... Me gusta el helado! Unidad 4 orc e cat Sesión 1
15 _____________________ 16 _____________________ 17 _____________________
18 _____________________ 19 _____________________ 20 _____________________
Elige y pega. Luego escribe.
r Mi g
anja
tom
ate
pollo queso pescado patatas
• T he Activity Book includes a double page of full-color stickers, which are used to complete some of the activities.
MI PROGRESO
vei nte die cio cho1 Completa. die cisiet e doc e
2
huevos arroz helados zumos
s
naranjas manzanas tomates pan
Escribe.
En mi granja hay _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ Me gusta _____________________________________________________________________ _________________ el pollo. _________________ veintiuno
06_Unidad_6.indd 21
21
1 _______________ _______________
2 _______________ _______________
3 _______________ _______________
30/05/13 12:20
No me gusta _________________ el queso. _________________
4 _______________ _______________
5 _______________ _______________
trece
Clan 7_A1_CuadernoActividades.indb 13
13 16/05/13 09:46
eBooks for Students and Teachers All ¡Hola, Mundo! Student Books and Teacher Manuals are now available as eBooks!
Student Book
Amigos! is a Spanish course for 12. Research has shown that from an early age can lead to knowledge of syntax in native rformance in other fields.
o introduce ¡Hola, Mundo!, prehensive Spanish program ola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos! learn Spanish, taking into
eBooks feature:
t topics, images, songs, games
• E mbedded audio: students can listen and follow along independently and at home.
g: observing, participating, eracting and active learning
undo!, ¡Hola, Amigos!:
develop children’s linguistic competence. ovide an engaging framework for learning. d comics develop listening and reading comprehension. er a glimpse at different cultures and traditions of the Spanish-speaking world. opics allow teachers to incorporate Spanish into everyday instruction.
CD-ROM of the interactive course ¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos!
(Student Book plus CD-ROM + Activity Book).
lus CD-ROM an Audio CD. s Value Pack: lary cards. ic strip that appears at the end of each unit.
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos!
varied instructional styles and racters
• O ffline capability: students and teachers don’t need an internet connection to access their ¡Hola, Mundo! content, including embedded audio.
978-84-9848-612-4 978-84-9848-613-1 978-84-9848-610-0
978-84-9848-614-8 978-84-9848-615-5
plus CD-ROM an Audio CD.
ola, Amigos!
ponds to ¡Hola, Mundo! by nt, which ensures a natural e courses. This allows for ies in both print and digital: e interactive whiteboard, and dent, fun practice exercises.
2
Level 2
• I ntegration with ELEteca: students and teachers can access ¡Hola, Amigos! directly from their eBook, and teachers can click through to the Activity Book answer keys, assessment tests, and printable activities from within the eBook platform. ¡Hola, Mundo! eBooks are available on Mac and PC, in addition to tablets running iOS and Android.
PRICE
LEVEL 1
LEVEL 2
Student’s Book plus CD-ROM
$ 29.95
9788498486124
9788498486162
Activity Book
$ 11.95
9788498486131
9788498486179
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus CD-ROM, Activity Book)
$ 34.95
9788498486100
9788498486117
Teacher’s Manual plus CD-ROM, Audio CD and ELEteca Access
$ 44.95
9788498486148
9788498486186
Classroom Pack (All Student & Teacher Materials plus Posters and Flashcards)
$ 74.95
9788498486155
9788498486193
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access
$ 29.95
9781107441682
9781107442085
eBook for Teacher plus ELEteca Access
$ 44.95
9788498486506
9788498486520
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
25
Additional Spanish Resources
SPANISH
196
Vamos al cine
Volver
Sinopsis
Vamos al cine
197
Higher Education
Ficha cultural · Castilla-La Mancha
Raimunda vive en un barrio obrero de las afueras de Madrid con su marido en paro y su hija adolescente. Es una mujer fuerte y trabajadora, pero emocionalmente frágil. Guarda un terrible secreto que nadie conoce. Su hermana Sole se gana la vida como peluquera. Sole es muy distinta a Raimunda, por eso las hermanas a menudo tienen reacciones y opiniones opuestas. La madre de las hermanas, Irene, muerta en un incendio junto a su marido, se aparece de repente, primero a su hermana, la tía Paula, una mujer muy
mayor, luego a Sole y poco a poco, al resto de familiares y vecinos.
Parte de la película se desarrolla en un pequeño pueblo de La Mancha, una región de la comunidad autónoma de Castilla-La Mancha.
Este evento provocará reacciones diversas y hará que salgan a la luz secretos de familia y cuestiones sin resolver.
Vamos al cine is a guide for viewing twelve popular films from across Latin America and Spain. The book invites intermediate and advanced students to explore the culturally rich world of Latin American film while encouraging the development of strong oral communication skills.
En esta zona son muy importantes los molinos de viento, tanto los tradicionales como los más modernos. Las aventuras del libro de Miguel de Cervantes, Don Quijote de La Mancha, tienen lugar aquí.
Almodóvar presenta una historia costumbrista que mezcla las tradiciones de la España más profunda con la supervivencia, la superstición, el humor, la locura... y el viento de Castilla.
En La Mancha hace mucho frío en invierno y mucho calor en verano, con temperaturas muy extremas. Llueve muy poco, por eso, La Mancha está incluida en la llamada «España seca». Los pueblos de esta zona tienen fama de albergar comunidades pequeñas, herméticas, con vecinos leales a sus costumbres, comidas y tradiciones culturales.
Los personajes
Los edificios de los pueblos suelen ser regios y blancos, de piedra, con puertas de madera sólida, azulejos en las paredes y los suelos, y pequeñas ventanas. Muchos tienen patios internos que los propietarios utilizan para pasar tiempo al fresco, sin estar expuestos al fuerte viento. Estos patios se usan para tender la ropa, comer al aire libre y charlar con la familia o los vecinos.
Raimunda nació en Alcanfor de las Infantas, un pueblo de La Mancha, pero ahora vive en un barrio de clase trabajadora, en las afueras de Madrid. Tiene una hija adolescente y está casada con un obrero que se queda sin trabajo. Raimunda es una mujer fuerte, valiente y con carácter. Tiene una hermana, Sole. Sole tiene una peluquería informal (sin local) en casa donde peina a mujeres de su barrio. Su comedor siempre está lleno de clientas que hablan de las revistas del corazón y los programas de prensa rosa. Sole es sencilla, algo tímida y muy buena persona.
Raimunda
Un detalle de las casas blancas de la región.
Sole
Features of Vamos al cine:
Irene es la madre de Raimunda y Sole. Irene murió en un incendio junto a su marido y se aparece a su hermana Paula y luego a Sole, Raimunda y Agustina, para resolver asuntos pendientes. Irene es una mujer con una vida difícil y llena de secretos. Agustina es una vecina del pueblo. Vive sola enfrente de la casa de la tía Paula. Agustina se preocupa por su madre, que desapareció hace tres años, pero no quiere llamar a la policía ni a la televisión para encontrarla, a pesar de que su hermana trabaja en un programa especializado en encontrar gente.
Irene
• F amiliarizes the reader with different regional varieties of Spanish.
Agustina
La tía Paula es la hermana de Irene. Vive en el pueblo y sus sobrinas, Raimunda y Sole, la visitan a menudo. La tía Paula es una mujer muy mayor y despistada, pero todavía puede preparar platos típicos de La Mancha para sus sobrinas. Paula es la hija adolescente de Raimunda. Es una buena chica pero comete un crimen en defensa propia. Pronto descubre la verdad sobre su padre.
Azulejos manchegos como este aparecen en los patios y calles de Alcanfor de las Infantas. La tía Paula
• I ncorporates a guide of essential vocabulary, expressions, and new words.
Paisaje y molinos de viento, típicos de La Mancha.
Paula
• F eatures a selection of twelve popular films, readily available to rent or buy.
Volver
• P rovides opportunities for work both inside and outside the classroom.
de Pedro Almodóvar 110 min.
5
COSAS SOBRE LA PELÍCULA
• P resents themes that elicit debate and discussion between upper-level students.
Es una película española. Se estrenó en 2006.
y director El guionista Almodóvar, es Pedro directores uno de los más de cine español tes. importan Ganó más de 40 premios nacionales e internacionales . Entre ellos, cinco Premios Goya y cuatro Premios del cine europeo. Penélope obtuvo una nominación Cruz mejor actriz principal a la en los Premios Oscar.
• R epresents the cultural breadth and diversity of the Spanish-speaking world.
La película está protagonizada por mujeres: Penélope Cruz (Raimunda), Carmen Maura (Irene), Lola Dueñas (Sole), Blanca Portillo (Agustina), Chus Lampreave (la tía Paula) y Johana Cobo (Paula).
El director dijo en una entrevista: «Lo único falso de la película es el trasero de la protagonista. En esta región de España las mujeres suelen tener curvas y Penélope es muy delgada».
Vamos al cine
26/05/14 12:25
Tablas
La muerte de Mauro
Features of Tablas:
En los teatros clásicos, el escenario estaba construido con tablas de madera. Por eso, la palabra tablas significa también escenario, teatro. Y eso es lo que ofrece este libro: teatro en español. Para que el estudiante pueda pisar las tablas, es decir, actuar; y para que, haciendo teatro, aprenda español.
• S cripts and detailed suggestions for staging allow students to improve written comprehension while working with engaging and practical material.
Jan Peter Nauta
• T he volume features six plays in six different styles.
En el proceso de preparación de una obra intervienen muchas personas: los actores, el director, el escenógrafo, los técnicos... Todos ellos trabajan juntos para hacer un producto artístico: la representación de una obra de teatro. Tablas ofrece actividades que dirigen a los estudiantes hacia ese resultado final; además de seis pequeñas obras de teatro en distintos estilos: Tercero derecha, El suspiro del moro, Al borde, La muerte de Mauro, Feliz cumpleaños, Mermelada de fresa.
• S tudents become comfortable and confident with oral communication as they learn their lines, make decisions about their characters, and work together to achieve their artistic goals. Tablas
26
$44.95
– Aprender español haciendo teatro
El estudiante solamente necesita voluntad para ser actor. Voluntad para aprender español, voluntad para trabajar con otros compañeros con el objetivo de conseguir el propósito de actuar.
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
ENFERMO:
Cuadro segundo
SU
OTRO YO: (Dejando de jugar al tenis y aproximándose a la cama, pero sin que lo pueda ver el enfermo). ¿O sea que piensas morir de la misma manera que viviste?
Texto del videoproyector: “Cuadro segundo: la vida, la verdad y el tenis”.
EL
(Su otro yo sale en traje de tenis, con una raqueta en la mano. Empieza a jugar solo contra una pared (imaginaria) pero sin pelota).
PORTADA TABLAS_Maquetación 1 26/05/14 11:50 Página 1
9788498485141
Las obras
Higher Education Tablas offers advanced students the opportunity to improve their Spanish communication while planning and staging a theatrical production.
$44.95
EL
ENFERMO:
¿Yo hipócrita?
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
ENFERMO:
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
ENFERMO:
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
ENFERMO:
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
SEPULTURERO:
EL
ENFERMO:
Sí, señor. Eres un hipócrita y un mentiroso.
SU
¿Por qué? ¿Qué mentira he dicho?
EL
Como siempre, no has dicho toda la verdad. Eso se llama mentir.
SU
¿Toda la verdad? (Ríe). ¿Es posible decir toda la verdad? ¿Es necesario? ¿Oportuno? ¿Recomendable? ¿Qué sentido tiene estropearle el desayuno al médico?
SU EL
¿Y tú que acabas de hacer? (Pausa). Por cierto, camarada, no olvides que mi condición es la tuya. Y si no lo crees, ¿por qué no cambiamos de sitio?
SU EL
De acuerdo, camarada. Yo no le tengo miedo a nada.
SU
(El enfermo y el sepulturero cambian de indumentaria y de lugar. A partir de este momento los dos actores interpretan el otro rol).
EL
¿Y? Contesta a la pregunta que te he hecho.
SU
La vida es breve, hay que elegir. Pobreza o riqueza. Yo elegí la riqueza. ¿Tristeza o alegría? Yo elegí la alegría. La vida o la verdad, no hay tiempo para las dos cosas. Yo elegí la vida.
9788498480405
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
ENFERMO:
(Reflexivo). ¡Hmmm! Me suena esa voz... Déjame pensar un momento... (Con sarcasmo). ¡Cuántas visitas tengo últimamente! ¡Señoras y señores, si han traído flores, pónganlas por allí, por favor, el cesto de fruta se lo llevará la enfermera a la cocina, el chocolate sobre la mesilla, por favor, desgraciadamente no podemos aceptar ni alcohol ni tabaco, muchas gracias, son ustedes muy amables! (Pausa. Dejando el sarcasmo). Me imagino que tú también eres Mauro. OTRO YO:
Soy otro Mauro.
SEPULTURERO:
¿Otro? ¡Aquí sólo hay sitio para uno! Oiga, ¿cuántos somos?
OTRO YO:
(Al sepulturero). No te preocupes, una sepultura es más que suficiente. Cuando él se muera, tú y yo ya no estaremos. (Al enfermo). Por cierto, no contestaste a mi pregunta.
EL
¿No crees que en tu condición sería mejor buscar respuestas en lugar de hacer preguntas?
TABLAS • Aprender español haciendo teatro
Lo contrario de la vida no es la verdad, es la muerte.
Cuando estés muerto, cambiarás de opinión, ya lo verás. Yo elegí la vida, la muerte me eligió a mí.
EL
111
112
ENFERMO: OTRO YO: ENFERMO: OTRO YO: ENFERMO:
Ten piedad con la memoria de este moribundo y repítemela. Que si quieres arroz... Esa no era la pregunta, estoy seguro. Ahora lo es. ¿Las preguntas cambian con el tiempo?
OTRO YO: ¿Hay alguna razón para que no cambien? Las preguntas cambian, las respuestas cambian, la vida cambia, tú cambias, yo cambio. ENFERMO: OTRO YO:
Yo nunca he cambiado. Sí que has cambiado. Antes querías ser como yo, ahora ya no.
ENFERMO:
Tú ahora tampoco querrías ser como yo. A mí, todavía me gustaría ser tú. Eres mejor que yo.
TABLAS • Aprender español haciendo teatro
SPANISH
| Primary | Secondary | Higher Education 1
¿Sabes quién pintó los siguientes cuadros? Después, investiga sobre cada uno de estos cuadros y preséntaselo a tus compañeros.
2
David Isa de los Santos
España, ayer y hoy
6.
David Isa de los Santos
España, ayer y hoy es un material actualizado sobre cultura española, para Actividades cultura española aquellos estudiantes que de quieran conocer y profundizar en diferentes aspectos de nuestro país (arquitectura, pintura, gastronomía, cine, novela, teatro, etc.) y para aquellos profesores que necesiten un material CUADROS FAMOSOS complementario para sus clases de lengua y civilización españolas.
APUNTES DE LENGUA Y CIVILIZACIÓN ESPAÑOLAS Miguel de Cervantes
• Ideal para clases de cultura a partir del nivel B1.
Con actividades interactivas y juegos proyectables
España,
ayer y hoy
• Incorporación de textos culturales. • CD-ROM con más de 300 actividades interactivas para que el estudiante practique los contenidos de este libro en su ordenador.
1. Las Meninas ..................................................• Una forma diferente y divertida de llevar 2. Los fusilamientos de la Moncloa ........• la cultura a clase. 3. La última cena .............................................• 4. El entierro del Conde de Orgaz ...........• 5. Guernica ..........................................................• 6. Niños en la playa ........................................•
1. Federico García Lorca (escritor) 2. Goya (pintor) 3. Ramon Llull (escritor) 4. Benito Pérez Galdós (escritor) 5. Gerardo Diego (poeta) 6. Antoni Gaudí (arquitecto) 7. Zurbarán (pintor) 8. Rosalía de Castro (escritora) 9. Gonzalo de Berceo (escritor) 10. Miguel de Cervantes (escritor) 11. Ramón y Cajal (médico) 12. Eduardo Chillida (escultor) 13. Severo Ochoa (científico) 14. Diego Velázquez (pintor)
• a. Pablo Picasso (1881-1973) • b. Diego Velázquez (1597-1660) • c. Francisco de Goya (1746-1828) • d. Salvador Dalí (1905-1989) • e. Joaquín Sorolla (1863-1923) • f. El Greco (1541-1614)
7. 7. NUESTRA HISTORIA NUESTRA HISTORIA Selecciona la fecha correcta de de estos hechos históricos. Selecciona la fecha correcta estos hechos históricos. 1. Conquista romana: a. siglo II a.C. b. siglo III a.C. c. siglo III d.C.
CUB_EspañaAyerHoy.indd 1
2. Conquista árabe: a. 711 b. 1492 c. 800 3. La Reconquista: a. 711-945 b. 711-1492 c. 722-1492 4. Conquista de Granada y expulsión de los judíos: a. 1492 b. 1495 c. 1505
5. Llegada de Colón a América: a. 1492 b. 1495 c. 1505
8. Guerra Civil española: a. 1936-1939 b. 1939-1945 c.1936-1945 9. La Dictadura franquista: a. 1936-1978 b. 1939-1982 c. 1939-1975
6. Independencia de los países hispanoamericanos: a. siglo XVIII b. siglo XIX c. siglo XX 7. Pérdida de las últimas colonias: a. 1900 b. 1798 c. 1898
10. La Transición española: a. 1975-1982 b. 1978-1980 c. 1982-1986 11. Entrada en la Unión Europea: a. 1984 b. 1986 c. 1990
This upper-level text, perfect for art and culture courses, introduces students to the customs and history of Spain.
Velázquez
A. Premio Nobel de Medicina (1959)
6
• Posibilidad de utilizar el CD-ROM en pizarras digitales (PDI), permitiendo proyectar 4 5 las actividades y realizar diferentes dinámicas en grupo con los juegos y tableros.
Higher Education
a. Relaciona estos personajes famosos con su lugar de nacimiento y su obra representativa o importancia en el panorama español. Busca más información en Internet sobre dos de estos personajes y coméntalo con tus compañeros.
• Información actualizada de los datos ofrecidos.
• 5 tableros para jugar y practicar con las actividades interactivas.
España, ayer y hoy
España, ayer y hoy
8. PERSONAJES DE RENOMBRE
1
B. Premio Nobel en Medicina (1906) Goya
a. Sevilla b. Santander c. Palma (Mallorca) d. Fuendetodos (Zaragoza) e. Alcalá de Henares (Madrid) f. Fuente Vaqueros (Granada) 26/05/14 11:11
g. Fuente de Cantos (Badajoz) h. Luarca (Asturias) i. Santiago de Compostela j. Reus (Tarragona) k. Petilla de Aragón (Navarra) l. Las Palmas de Gran Canaria m. Berceo (La Rioja) n. San Sebastián
C. Las Meninas (1656)
Features of España, ayer y hoy:
D. El árbol de la ciencia (1295-96) E. Romancero gitano (1928)
• I ncludes a CD-ROM of interactive activities so that students can practice the content of the book.
F. La Sagrada Familia (Barcelona) G. El ciprés de Silos (soneto) H. Milagros de Nuestra Señora (1260)
• P rojectable activities and dynamic games bring Spanish culture to life in the classroom.
I. Cristo en la Cruz (1627) J. Peine de los vientos (San Sebastián) K. Don Quijote de la Mancha (1605/1615) L. En las orillas del Sar (1866)
• I ncludes a wide variety of readings, cultural activities, and 600 questions about the history, literature, art, and traditions of Spain.
M. Los Episodios Nacionales (1893-1912) N. El tres de mayo de 1808 (1814) 145
144
España, ayer y hoy + CD-ROM
A mogollón – Mucho, en gran cantidad
A posta – Con algo de mala intención
3
Loads – A lot, a large amount
Adrede A propósito
Secondary | Higher Education
¡Chínchate!
Español Esencial focuses on functional language and presents common grammar, vocabulary, and idioms in an accessible illustrated format. Both books in this series enable students to acquire Spanish in a fun and interactive way.
¡No me lo puedo creer! Huesos a mogollón. ¡Lo has hecho a posta! A barullo A porrillo A patadas A punta de pala Por un tubo
A ojo – Algo que se hace aproximadamente y sin medir
A ojo de buen cubero A bulto
Español Esencial
A todo meter – Muy deprisa, rápido
4
6
Lo básico focuses on building-block skills: simple vocabulary, common grammar structures, and frequently-used verbs.
Lo dicho
At full tilt – Very quickly
At a guess – Approximately, without measuring Esto debe ir así…
¡Jo! Este toro viene a todo meter…
Cristina Palanca Geir Ståle Tennfjord
Creo que me está cortando el pelo a ojo.
10
Lo dicho
Lo dicho takes a more light-hearted approach to language learning, focusing on quirky phrases and idioms of the Spanish language.
A todo trapo Como una bala
Illustrated by
Lo dicho
Luis Ligarribay
LoDicho_1a98.indd 10
10/09/10 13:31
9788498484137
Español Esencial
5
On purpose – Intentionally
Mire don Arturo, el perro ha encontrado los huesos que nos faltaban.
$29.95
LoDicho_1a98.indd 11
11
Lo básico
$14.95
9788498482089
Lo dicho
$14.95
9788498481990
10/09/10 13:31
ACTIVIDADES 39. Materiales
53. Ordena estas letras para formar materiales y escribe cada palabra donde corresponda.
EL BLOC
cstrial
emtal
appel
a
admera
b
late
plie
plicásto
c
bisabuelo antiguo crecer cumpleaños joven mayor moderna morir nacer tener viejo adolescente
Secondary | Higher Education d
e
g
f
EL BLOC and EL BLOC II are picture dictionaries that use vibrant illustrations to teach everyday and content-area vocabulary. 54. ¿De qué materiales están hechos estos objetos?
Features of the series: • W ords are grouped into thematic units, allowing students to practice vocabulary in useful word families. • A ctivities, appropriate for both independent and group study, help ensure vocabulary absorption and retention. • A glossary of terms allows students and teachers to easily navigate the dictionary. • EL BLOC II includes presentation software for classroom use. El Bloc: Español en imágenes
$11.95
9788495986801
El Bloc 2: Español en imágenes + CD
$11.95
9788498483987
a. Un abrigo
d. Una cucharilla
b. Una bolsa
e. Una bombilla
c. Un libro
f. Un vestido
40. Paso del tiempo
55. Completa este texto con las palabras del recuadro. Recuerda que tendrás que conjugar los verbos en el tiempo adecuado. Señala las dos palabras que no puedes utilizar.
Mi abuelo Manuel en 1935. en un pueblo de Guadalajara. Cuando era , se casó con mi abuela Aurelia, que era que él. cinco años , tres hijos; el mayor, cuando era un se fue a América y se quedó a vivir allí. Mi abuela Aurelia hace seis años. Aunque era mayor, era una para su época y le regalaba al persona muy abuelo muchos discos porque le encantaba la música. Hoy es el del abuelo, y todos los nietos hemos decido regalarle un tocadiscos , como los de antes, para que pueda escuchar sus vinilos. Además, vendrá su hijo de América y le dará una gran sorpresa.
EL BLOC 2
96 n ove n t a y s e is
PASO DEL TIEMPO
40
informaciones generales
bebé
nAcer
40 Años
letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•losco lores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objet osdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle •supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracumpleAños comermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante cAlendArio •transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•parte sdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacio nalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/ salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescado symariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•depor tes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campam m CD -Ro nocheViejA ento•puerto•playaletras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•ruti para l pizarra digita nadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdeco 60 sesenta u ordenador Beatriz Tarancón • Reyes Roldán cina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblico s•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•p ales princip las aracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaura Fichas a color con l del nivel A2 nte•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•pa palabr as del españo rtesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•na cionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomed MÁS DE 850 or/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pesca OS TÉRMINOS ILUSTRAD dosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•de portes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•camp amento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora• rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosd ecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúb licos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebida s•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•resta urante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses •partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia• nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecom edor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pes cadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque• deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•ca mpamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lah ora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensili osdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•servicios públicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•be bidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•r estaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasyme
2
ESPAÑOL EN IMÁGENES
niño
chico/ Adolescente
mAyor
joVen
señor/ Adulto
tener 20
crecer
personA
chico/
Años
morir
AntiGuo
moderno
letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•r utinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa •cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•do rmitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutido s•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tienda s•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurant e•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•número s•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•los colores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensi Viejo nueVo liosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuar todeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescados ymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/ clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transp Añoortes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playaletras•números•díasy nueVo Pedro Tena Tena • María Jesús Varela Castillo meses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolore s•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosde EL BLOC 2 cocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodee les prin cipa studio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymari con las a colo r año l Fich as scos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase s del esp pala bra •parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes• montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses S DE 850 DOS MÁ RA •partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerp S ILUST o•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina• TÉRMINO objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•s erviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hort alizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•d eportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña• granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesde ldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ro pa•familia•nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosde limpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciosp úblicos•calle•supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasyle gumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes• cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•fa rmacia•campamento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estac iones•tiempoatmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia• nacionalidades•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•ba ño•mueblesdecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle •supermercado•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frut as•bebidas•paracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo •auditorio•museo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campa mento•puerto•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoa tmosférico•lahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidade s•profesiones•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesd ecomedor/salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermerca do•carnesyembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•p aracomermás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•m useo•hotel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puert o•playa•letras•números•díasymeses•partesdeldía•estaciones•tiempoatmosférico•l ahora•rutinadiaria•loscolores•cuerpo•cara•ropa•familia•nacionalidades•profesion es•casa•cocina•utensiliosdecocina•objetosdelimpieza•baño•mueblesdecomedor/ salón•dormitorio•cuartodeestudio•serviciospúblicos•calle•supermercado•carnes yembutidos•pescadosymariscos•hortalizasylegumbres•frutas•bebidas•paracome rmás•tiendas•escuela/clase•parque•deportes•cine•circo•zoo•auditorio•museo•ho tel•restaurante•transportes•montaña•granja•farmacia•campamento•puerto•playa
ESPAÑOL EN IMÁGENES
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
27
SPANISH
Additional Spanish Resources SINOPSIS DE LA SERIE Alejo es un niño de 12 años que comienza una nueva vida en Madrid. Su madre acaba de casarse en segundas nupcias con Julián, argentino, que tiene dos hijas gemelas de un anterior matrimonio. Alejo comienza el instituto y, al cabo de poco tiempo, hace amistad con un grupo de chicos y chicas. Se hacen inseparables. A lo largo de la serie les ocurrirán diversas aventuras y viajarán por diferentes países de Hispanoamérica.
Alejo y su pandilla Secondary
1
ESTRUCTURA DE LA SERIE Alejo y su pandilla es una serie de lecturas graduadas dirigida a adolescentes e ilustradas a todo color. Cada lectura tiene SINOPSIS DE LA SERIE la siguiente estructura: es un niño de 12 años que comienza una nueva vida en Actividades de prelectura que tienen el objetivo de Alejo introduMadrid. Su madre acaba de casarse en segundas nupcias con cir al lector en la historia que va a leer y motivar a la lectura. Actividades en medio de la lectura para comprobarJulián, el nivelargentino, que tiene dos hijas gemelas de un anterior Alejo comienza el instituto y, al cabo de poco de comprensión de lo leído hasta el momento, hacermatrimonio. predictiempo, ciones sobre lo que va a ocurrir y provocar curiosidad para hace amistad con un grupo de chicos y chicas. Se hacen inseparables. que el alumno siga leyendo. A lo largo de la serie les ocurrirán diversas aventuras y viajarán Actividades de explotación didáctica divididas en tres porapardiferentes países de Hispanoamérica. tados: gramática y vocabulario, expresión escrita y expresión oral, todas ellas relacionadas con el léxico y los contenidos ESTRUCTURA DE LA SERIE gramaticales y funcionales que se repasan. Incluye actividaAmigos en Madrid
Nivel 2: Viaje a Buenos Aires + CD
High Beginner
$9.95
Nivel 3: Misterio en Cartagena de Indias + CD
Inermediate
$9.95
ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA
Misterio en Cartagena de Indias
$9.95
9788498481716
09/06/14 13:55
ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA
Beginner
Viaje a Buenos Aires
des lúdicas y pasatiempos. Alejo y su pandilla es una serie de lecturas graduadas dirigiSINOPSIS DE LA SERIE da a adolescentes e ilustradas a todo color. Cada lectura tiene Glosario sociocultural y lingüístico. siguiente estructura: Alejo dramatizada. es un niño de 12 años quelacomienza una nueva vida en CD de audio con la lectura 3 de introduMadrid. Su madre acaba de casarse en segundas nupcias con Actividades de prelectura que tienen el objetivo Incluye la sección Conoce... con información sociocultural Julián, argentino, que tiene dos cir hijas gemelas dehistoria un anterior al lector en la que va a leer y motivar a la lectura. del mundo hispano. matrimonio. Alejo comienza el Actividades instituto y, alencabo de de poco medio la lectura para comprobar el nivel tiempo, hace amistad con un grupo de chicos y chicas. Se ha-hasta el momento, hacer predicde comprensión de lo leído TITULOS PUBLICADOS cen inseparables. ciones sobre lo que va a ocurrir y provocar curiosidad para A lo largo de la serie lesA1ocurriránque diversas aventuras y viajarán ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. AMIGOS EN MADRID. Nivel el alumno siga leyendo. ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. VIAJE BUENOS AIRES. A1/A2 por A diferentes paísesNivel de Hispanoamérica. Actividades de explotación didáctica divididas en tres aparALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. MISTERIO EN CARTAGENA DE INDIAS. Nivel A2 tados: gramática y vocabulario, expresión escrita y expresión ESTRUCTURA DE LA SERIE oral, todas ellas relacionadas con el léxico y los contenidos y funcionales que se repasan. Incluye actividaAlejo y su pandilla es una seriegramaticales de lecturas graduadas dirigides lúdicas y pasatiempos. da a adolescentes e ilustradas a todo color. Cada lectura tiene la siguiente estructura: Glosario sociocultural y lingüístico. Actividades de prelectura queCD tienen el objetivo introdude audio con lade lectura dramatizada. cir al lector en la historia que vaIncluye a leer y la motivar a laConoce... lectura. con información sociocultural sección Actividades en medio de la lectura para comprobar del mundo hispano. el nivel de comprensión de lo leído hasta el momento, hacer predicciones sobre lo que va a ocurrir y provocar curiosidad para TITULOS PUBLICADOS que el alumno siga leyendo. Cubiertas_Alejo_Cambirdge.indd 1 ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. AMIGOS EN MADRID. Nivel A1 Actividades de explotación didáctica divididas enVIAJE tres aparALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. A BUENOS AIRES. Nivel A1/A2 tados: gramática y vocabulario,ALEJO expresión escrita y expresión Y SU PANDILLA. MISTERIO EN CARTAGENA DE INDIAS. Nivel A2 oral, todas ellas relacionadas con el léxico y los contenidos gramaticales y funcionales que se repasan. Incluye actividades lúdicas y pasatiempos. Glosario sociocultural y lingüístico. CD de audio con la lectura dramatizada. Incluye la sección Conoce... con información sociocultural del mundo hispano.
The three stories in this series are accompanied by before, during and after activities. Each reader includes a glossary of new vocabulary and is scaffolded with sociocultural and linguistic information from the Spanish-speaking world. Nivel 1: Amigos en Madrid + CD
2
ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA
Alejo y su pandilla is a series of graded readers for young adults and teens, following the adventures of Alejo and his friends as they travel Spain and Latin America. Each reader features color illustrations and an audio CD with a full recording of the text.
9788498481723
9788498481730
TITULOS PUBLICADOS ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. Cubiertas_Alejo_Cambirdge.indd AMIGOS EN MADRID. Nivel A1 2 ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. VIAJE A BUENOS AIRES. Nivel A1/A2 ALEJO Y SU PANDILLA. MISTERIO EN CARTAGENA DE INDIAS. Nivel A2
Lecturas gominola Primary For young Spanish learners ready to move beyond the basics, the Lecturas gominola reader series provides intermediate and advanced language instruction in the form of imaginative illustrated stories. Each reader: • F eatures a relatable young cast of curious and imaginative characters. • C ontains puzzles and games for children to complete before, during and after reading. • I ncludes a full audio recording of the text, appropriate for use in the classroom and at home.
09/06/14 13:55
Cubiertas_Alejo_Cambirdge.indd 3
09/06/14 13:55
02. Capitulo 1:02. Capitulo 1 21/06/11 18:13 Página 13
02. Capitulo 1:02. Capitulo 1 21/06/11 18:13 Página 12
El castillo alfabético
H
¡Es fantástico! Siempre el mar está conmigo y yo estoy junto a él cuando mi familia, mis amigos y la gente de mi pueblo me llaman. Mi nombre está en todos los lugares:
ola. ¿Qué tal? Yo soy Marina. Y mi
familia me llama Marina: mi madre María, mi padre Pedro, mi abuelo José, mi abuela Ana, mi tío Nicasio, mi tía Luisa y mis dos primas, Fátima y Valentina, me llaman Marina. Todos. Todos me llaman Marina. Mis amigos y mis amigas de la escuela, también, y muchas personas que viven en mi pequeño pueblo: la frutera, la médica, el panadero, el pescadero, el policía, la profesora,… Otros prefieren llamarme Mar. Me gusta mi nombre. Me gusta mi nombre, porque puedo sentir el mar con él: huelo el mar, oigo el mar, saboreo el mar, toco el mar, veo el mar.
Todo
es
posible
con
la
imaginación y mi nombre. Marina. Mar. Mar. Mar y el mar. Ma - ri - na.
12
trece
doce
13
Rosa Ortí
28
El castillo alfabético + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483321
Perla y Phuong (Una aventura asiática) + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483338
S de safari + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483345
Aula mágica + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483352
Viaje al corazón de la selva + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483369
Un viaje sorpresa + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483376
Aquí hay gato encerrado + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483383
El mensaje secreto + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483390
Carta en una botella + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483413
El secreto de la pirámide + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483406
Enigma en el laberinto de maíz + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498484168
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Raquel Lorente Rubén Martínez
Alberto Madrona
SPANISH
| Primary | Secondary | Higher Education Español con peliculas
Samy y yo_OK
Secondary | Higher Education
12
8/4/08
15:25
Página 12
Samy y yo_OK
8/4/08
15:25
Página 13
Samy y yo 13
A) PREVISIONADO
2. Los personajes femeninos
Nombre y apellidos: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FICHA PARA EL PROFESOR
Intermediate students can practice their Spanish comprehension, and discover new aspects of Spanish and Latin American culture, with the three volumes in this series. Each title includes:
FICHA PARA EL ALUMNO
Material necesario: fotocopias de la ficha para el alumno.
1. Estas son las mujeres en la vida de Samy. Observa las fotos y completa el cuadro:
Finalidad: acercamiento a los personajes de la película. Duración de la actividad: 30 minutos. Descripción de la actividad: como disparador, se comenzará diciendo a la clase que Samy, el protagonista de la película, está rodeado de mujeres de todo tipo. Se repartirá la ficha para el alumno en la que figuran las fotos de los personajes femeninos, pero sin explicitar qué relación tienen con Samy. Cada alumno deberá observar las seis fotos y completar el cuadro individualmente. Luego comparará su cuadro con el de un compañero. Como cierre de la actividad, se puede preguntar a toda la clase cuál de las seis mujeres creen ellos que se incluye en el título Samy y yo.
• An authentic Spanish or Latin American film with Spanish subtitles.
Angie Cepeda
NOMBRE
NOMBRE
DE LA
ASPECTO
ACTRIZ
• A student viewing guide that includes helpful tips and background information about the film.
RELACIÓN SAMY
CARÁCTER*
FÍSICO
Alejandra Darín y Henny Trayles
Rita Cortese
Christina Banegas
que tiene Samy con cada una de ellas.
CLAVE 2.
Alejandra Flechner
2. Describe a cada mujer físicamente, imagina su carácter y piensa qué relación crees
ASPECTO
DE LA ACTRIZ
RELACIÓN SAMY
CARÁCTER*
FÍSICO
CON
CON
ANGIE CEPEDA
Alta, guapa, joven, muy sexy, tiene pelo rizado…
Espontánea…
Promotora de Samy y luego su novia.
ALEJANDRA FLECHNER
Morena, delgada, no muy guapa, tiene pelo negro y corto…
Soberbia…
Novia.
ALEJANDRA DARÍN
Delgada, lleva ropa seria…
Quejosa y pesimista…
Hermana.
HENNY TRAYLES
Baja, gordita, mayor…
Autoritaria…
Madre.
RITA CORTESE
Gorda, baja…
Mandona, nerviosa…
Productora del programa de TV.
CHRISTINA BANEGAS
Delgada, tiene pelo negro y liso…
Sincera…
Amiga.
ANGIE CEPEDA
ALEJANDRA FLECHNER
ALEJANDRA DARÍN HENNY TRAYLES
• A teaching guide with more than 70 pages of classroom activities, including before/during/after activities, language lessons inspired by the film, and cultural extension activities. Intermediate
$14.95
9788498482393
La película
La plaza del Diamante es una película del año 1982, del director español Francesc Betriu, basada en la novela homónima de la escritora catalana Mercè Rodoreda, La plaza del Diamante (1962). La película ha sabido respetar el clima intimista y femenino de la novela. Posteriormente se realizó una adaptación televisiva del filme. La Generalitat de Cataluña otorgó a la película, en 1982, el primer premio de la Semana de Cine de Barcelona.
Intermediate
$14.95
9788498480948
El viaje a ninguna parte + DVD
Intermediate
$14.95
9788498482379
Mercè Rodoreda i Gurguí (1908 –1983) es considerada una de las escritoras en lengua catalana más influyentes, tal como lo atestiguan las referencias de otros autores a su obra y su repercusión internacional. Su producción abarca todos los géneros literarios, tanto la poesía como el teatro o el cuento, aunque destaca especialmente en la novela. Póstumamente se descubrió una vertiente más, la pintura. La plaza del Diamante ha sido considerada como la obra cumbre de la autora, y se ha convertido en un clásico de la literatura de postguerra.
didácticas
La película El viaje a ninguna parte (1986) fue reconocida en la primera edición de los premios Goya de la Academia de las Artes y de las Ciencias Cinematográficas de España con los premios de mejor película, mejor dirección y mejor guión. La película está basada en una excelente novela homónima, escrita por el propio director, que partió de un guión para la radio. Considerada por crítica y público una obra cumbre en la carrera de Fernando Fernán Gómez, que interpreta un papel principal, la película está incluida sin paliativos entre las obras maestras del cine español.
El viaje a ninguna parte narra las aventuras humanas y profesionales de una compañía familiar e itinerante de cómicos, la Iniesta-Galván, que recorre los pueblos de la España de los años cincuenta, una época marcada aún por el hambre y la miseria de la posguerra. Ese “teatro de vagabundos” sobrevive al borde de la extinción ante su más seria amenaza, la que representa el cine. El autor nos regala un emotivo y tierno homenaje, lleno del mejor humor, para la digna memoria de esos artistas.
El director Fernando Fernán Gómez (1921-2007) fue un artista versátil y omnipresente en las letras y las artes escénicas españolas.INCLUYE: Intervino como actor en más de 200 películas y dirigió más de 30. Fue además articulista, ensayista, poeta, dramaturgo, novelista y guionista. Con la concesión del Príncipe de Asturias de las Artes en 1995 se premió la figura de un artista genial. Con su ingreso en 2000 en la Academia de la Lengua se reconoció la labor de un incontestable maestro de la palabra.
película original con subtítulos en español; libro con explotaciones didácticas para la clase de español.
PORTADA CAJA NTS_ELVIAJEANINGUNAPARTE.indd 1
Each reader features:
4. Como sabes, esta película se llama Samy y yo. ¿Cuál de estas mujeres te parece que se
incluye en (o dice) Samy y yo? Comenta con tu compañero.
INCLUYE:
película original con subtítulos en español; libro con explotaciones didácticas para la clase de español.
Mujer salvaje 170X240
11/11/08
Ricardo Duerto
26/05/14 12:02
11:20
26/05/14 12:00
Página 15
Mujer Salvaje
EXTERIOR EN LA CUBIERTA DEL BARCO AL ATARDECER.
• A n original story, told using the dialogue and stage direction of a film script, that emphasizes the unique culture and customs of one area of the Spanish-speaking world. • B efore, during, and after activities that test student comprehension and ensure full engagement with the text.
Para la cena Olga ha cocinado arroz con pollo al curry, el plato favorito de Clara. Después de cenar han metido los platos, los cubiertos y los vasos en el cubo. Todos los tripulantes contemplan en silencio la puesta de sol. Cuando el sol se ha puesto, Olga y Clara han bajado al interior del barco para preparar las camas. SUSANA
(A Íñigo) ¿Tienes novia? SOFÍA
(Avergonzada, le regaña a Susana) ¡Susana! No seas indiscreta. SUSANA
(Continúa) Yo sí, tengo un novio. VIRGINIA
(Incrédula) No seas mentirosa.
Mujer salvaje 170X240
11/11/08
11:20
Página 16
SUSANA
(Porfía) Es verdad.
Español con guiones
SOFÍA
Entonces se lo diré a mamá y a papá. SUSANA
(Se queja) Chivata. VIRGINIA
11:39
Español con películas
3. Compara cuadro con el en de tu compañero. ¿Hay muchas diferencias? Películas hispanastucon subtítulos español y explotaciones didácticas
Mónica García-Viñó Amparo Massó Ángeles Ortiz PORTADA CAJA NTS_LA PLAZA DEL DIAMANTE.indd 1
These readers, based on original film scripts, invite intermediate learners to engage with the Spanish language in a modern and accessible context.
16/05/14
• abierta • alegre • antipática • autoritaria • cerrada • flexible • egocéntrica • egoísta • • espontánea • generosa • hipocondríaca • insegura • irresponsable • falsa • mandona • miedosa • • modesta • nerviosa • orgullosa • optimista • perezosa • pesimista • quejosa • retraída • segura • • simpática • sincera • sociable • tímida • trabajadora • tranquila • triste • responsable • tierna •
Sinopsis Español con películas
Secondary | Higher Education
En el libro se incluyen muy variadas perspectivasen paraespañol el análisis de Películas hispanas con subtítulos y laexplotaciones película, antes, durante y después del visionado. En todas ellas se brindan oportunidades para tomar parte activa y creativa en las destrezas comunicativas del español a partir de un nivel B2, como nivel mínimo aconsejado.
Sinopsis
La película ofrece una visión de la historia reciente española a través de los ojos de una mujer. Empieza en el año 1928 con la celebración de la fiesta mayor del barrio de Gracia, de Barcelona y termina en la época de la postguerra. La protagonista, Natalia, dejará de ser ella misma para convertirse en Colometa y se irá transformando al mismo tiempo que se transforma la sociedad.
La novela
Español con guiones
• el DVD de la película original con subtítulos en español; • el libro con la explotación didáctica y guía para el visionado de la película.
Español con películas
Samy y yo + DVD
Español con películas
El viaje a ninguna parte
La plaza del diamante + DVD
Se propone una explotación didáctica de la película La plaza del Diamante (1962). El libro es una propuesta para desarrollar la competencia comunicativa del español en la clase de ELE/L2 en la que se trabajan de forma integrada los contenidos lingüísticos y culturales. Las actividades han sido diseñadas para alumnos a partir del nivel B1 del MCER.
CHRISTINA BANEGAS
* Aquí tienes una serie de adjetivos de carácter. Utiliza los que necesites:
Una de las metas más ambiciosas por las que el estudiante de una lengua extranjera termina siendo tentado es poder disfrutar de una película en versión original. Ese destino, que tiene mucho de viaje lingüístico y de Observaciones: odisea cultural, presupone una considerable ración de preparación, pero promete a cambio unas buenas dosis de arte, conocimiento y placer. Este material está compuesto por:
La plaza del Diamante
La comprensión audiovisual es una actividad comunicativa de la lengua según el Marco común europeo de referencia (MCER). Para entender una película en otro idioma es necesario activar estrategias de comprensión que pueden extrapolarse y ayudar a entender otros eventos comunicativos. Por otro lado, en una película se transmiten conocimientos culturales de la lengua meta y se ofrecen muestras de lengua reales.
RITA CORTESE
This series also features a teacher’s set that includes all four readers, in addition to classroom activities and an audio CD of performance excerpts.
EXTERIOR EN LA CUBIERTA DEL BARCO AL ATARDECER.
¿Cómo se llama tu novio, mocosa?
La cámara va girando desde el barco hasta mostrarnos la puesta de sol y fundido a negro.
SUSANA
(Haciéndose la interesante) No te lo digo. SOFÍA
(Cambiando de tema, le pregunta a Íñigo) ¿Cuál es tu película favorita? ÍÑIGO
(Bromista) Mi novia es una extraterrestre. EXTERIOR EN LA CUBIERTA DEL BARCO POR LA NOCHE.
Una condesa muy traviesa
El cielo está estrellado y la luna está en su fase de cuarto creciente. En el firmamento alumbra la constelación de la Osa Mayor también conocida por “El Gran Carro”. Todos contemplan las estrellas en silencio con la esperanza de ver una estrella fugaz para pedir un deseo. Virginia rompe el silencio.
Mujer salvaje
Una anciana utiliza su título de condesa para exigir y beneficiarse de los privilegios de su supuesta posición social. En su deseo de continuar disfrutando de una vida de ocio y lujo, convencerá a su enfermera, una mujer tímida y asustadiza, para que la acompañe en su viaje. A lo largo de este, ambas se verán envueltas en cómicas situaciones.
abrir plano LECTURA
15
Una madre, cuatro hijas y un capitán se embar-can en un velero rumbo a las islas de Madeira. Todo empezará como unas dulces
Plano medio de Virginia VIRGINIA
¡He visto una estrella fugaz!
Mujer salvaje 170X240
11/11/08
11:20
Página 5
vacaciones en el mar, pero un accidente las convertirá en una pesadilla.
Mujer Salvaje PRIMER PLANO DE SUSANA SUSANA
Español con guiones está dirigido a estudiantes de español a partir del nivel A2.
EXTERIOR EN LA CUBIERTA DEL BARCO POR LA NOCHE.
Yo también quiero ver una estrella fugaz.
3.- Clasifica los diferentes medios de transporte en la columna correspondiente.
Español con guiones está dirigido a estudiantes de español a partir del nivel A2.
“El uso de la lengua –que incluye el aprendizaje– comprende las acciones que realizan las personas que, como individuos y como agentes sociales, desarrollan una serie de competencias, tanto generales como competencias comunicativas lingüísticas, en particular. Las personas utilizan las competencias que se encuentran a su disposición en distintos contextos y bajo distintas condiciones y restricciones, con el fin de realizar actividades de lengua que conllevan procesos para producir y recibir textos…”.
“El uso de la lengua –que incluye el aprendizaje– comprende las acciones que realizan las personas que, como individuos y como agentes sociales, desarrollan una serie de competencias, tanto generales como competencias comunicativas lingüísticas, en particular. Las personas utilizan las competencias que se encuentran a su disposición en distintos contextos y bajo distintas condiciones y restricciones, con el fin de realizar actividades de lengua que conllevan procesos para producir y recibir textos…”.
Marco común europeo de referencia para las lenguas (MCER)
Marco común europeo de referencia para las lenguas (MCER)
En Español con guiones la acción propuesta es dramatizar una o varias escenas de un guion cinematográfico (o del guion completo si profesores y alumnos así lo eligen). La lectura de este conllevará la realización de una serie de actividades relacionadas con las distintas competencias del alumno.
En Español con guiones la acción propuesta es dramatizar una o varias escenas de un guion cinematográfico (o del guion completo si profesores y alumnos así lo eligen). La lectura de este conllevará la realización de una serie de actividades relacionadas con las distintas competencias del alumno.
Este material ofrece la lectura del guion Una condesa muy traviesa con sus correspondientes tareas de prelectura y postlectura.
Este material ofrece la lectura del guion Mujer salvaje con sus correspondientes tareas de prelectura y postlectura.
16
LECTURA
Tren
Helicóptero
Velero
Furgoneta
Avión
Crucero
Camión
Barco
Motocicleta
Coche
Submarino
Avioneta
Trineo
TIERRA
Cazatesoros
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498480511
Una condesa muy traviesa
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498480481
Las fallas de Valencia: Mucho más que un sueño
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498480498
Mujer salvaje
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498480504
$24.95
9788498480528
Carpeta de Recursos para el profesor + CD and CD-ROM
Bicicleta
MAR
ACTIVIDADES DE PRELECTURA
Caballo
AIRE
5
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
29
SPANISH
Additional Spanish Resources Lecturas de enigma y misterio Secondary | Higher Education
These mid-level readers offer engaging, fast-paced mystery stories for intermediate, adult and young-adult learners. Lecturas de enigma y misterio feature: • A wide range of mystery genres – detective stories, historical mysteries, supernatural thrillers – that will engage fiction readers. • A strong emphasis on the history and culture of the Spanish-speaking world. • A tmospheric illustrations and audio recordings, so that students can practice and strengthen listening skills. • Before, during, and after activities, with answer keys, to enable active self-study. El comienzo del fin del mundo + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481174
Los fantasmas del palacio de Linares + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498482324
Gaudí inacabado + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498482300
Los libros perdidos + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498484342
El monstruo del lago Ness + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498484366
Muérdeme + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498483758
El secreto de los moáis + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498482348
Las tinieblas de Salamanca + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498483772
Aprende Español con… Secondary | Higher Education
These graded readers feature stories based on modern films and television series, and are a flexible, engaging tool for adult and young adult language learners. Each reader: • F eatures background information about the history behind and making of the film, providing many opportunities for cross-disciplinary study. • Can be read independently, or used together with the source film. • Is appropriate for self-study or classroom use. • Contains an audio recording of the text and comprehension activities.
Un grupo de actores españoles vive una historia peligrosa en la Alemania de 1939...
30
Robin Hood + CD
Beginner
$ 9.95
9788498485431
Gol II + CD
Low Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481303
Monster house + CD
Low Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481327
Billy Elliot + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498485424
Los fantasmas de Goya + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498482003
La máscara del Zorro + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481952
La niña de tus ojos + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498483796
Tocando el vacío + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481334
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
SPANISH
| Primary | Secondary | Higher Education Lecturas graduados
Secondary | Higher Education
Amnesia
Cambridge’s most expansive Spanish reading series focuses on the wide variety of global Spanishes, introducing learners to the unique lingual features of different countries and regions. Each reader:
NIVEL INICIAL 1
• I ntroduces interesting regional vocabulary, and offers insight into the significance of cultural institutions. • Includes before, during and after activities that focus on grammar, vocabulary, and comprehension. • O ffers writing and speaking prompts, to ensure that students can recycle and produce the language they have learned.
José Luis Ocasar Ariza
LECTURAS DE ESPAÑOL
Amnesia
Beginner
$ 9.95
9788489756724
El ascensor
Low Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788489756243
El paraguas blanco
Low Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481266
Paisaje de otoño
Low Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788489756748
La biblioteca
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788489756236
El camino de la vida (Colombia) + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481006
Con amor y con palabras (México) + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788495986962
Muerte entre muñecos
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788489756700
Regreso a las raíces (Colombia) + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788495986948
Volver (Argentina) + CD
Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788498481402
Las aventuras de Tron
High Intermediate
$ 9.95
9788495986870
Paisaje de otoño
NIVEL INICIAL 2
Ana Maria Carretero Giménez
LECTURAS DE ESPAÑOL
Curso de Literatura española moderna Higher Education urso de Literatura española moderna Laura Díaz López Pilar Escabias Lloret
• Includes expansion activities for the teacher on ELEteca, the Cambridge/Edinumen LMS. CUB_CursoLiteratura.indd 1
Curso de Literatura española moderna + CD
$ 39.95
Continuidad de los parques
Buero Vallejo
Cartas desde mi celda
Mañana en la batalla piensa en mí
Vientos del pueblo
Ateneo de Sevilla Blas de Otero
Realismo mágico
García Márquez
esperpento oscuridad
Historia de una escalera tertulias
Transición
Ortega y Gasset Max Aub destino
oxímoron
La Colmena
parnasianismo
Marsé Ópera
novísimos
Poesía pura
Javier Marías La taberna fantástica
Volverán las oscuras golondrinas en tu balcón sus nidos a colgar
Réquiem por un campesino español
ya el viajero allí nunca va su sed a apagar
República
El túnel Larra
Clarín
La lengua de las mariposas Caballo verde para la poesía
donde habite el olvido
Corazón tan blanco
Marinero en tierra Luis García Montero
silencio
El niño yuntero
Es tan corto el amor, y es tan largo el olvido
Benito Pérez Galdós
la comedia burguesa
desarraigo novela de la tierra
Laforet
Al olmo viejo, hendido por el rayo... Las medias rojas
Miguel Hernández
prosas profanas
Me basta con la vida para justificarme
Residencia de Estudiantes
metalenguaje Yerma
La Regenta
paradoja
Emilia Pardo Bazán
Mendoza
Alberti Nanas de cebolla ismos
Etxebarría exilio relato
exótico
Espronceda cuento
artículos de costumbres Boom
Allende
feminismo
Litoral
monólogo interior
subjetividad
vetusta
Indemne
amor
vodevil
Simbolismo determinismo Vargas Llosa Cela alegría Crepusculario
vanguardias suicidio Rosalía de Castro
la luna vino a la fragua...
Canción del pirata
Generación del 27 naturalismo
Zarzuela
Cien años de soledad
Señas de identidad
vuelva usted mañana
indigenismo
Si el hombre pudiera decir memoria histórica
Baroja Bodas de sangre
El árbol de la ciencia rebeldía
corazón
Restauración
¿Qué me quieres, amor?
• Excerpts are supported by cultural, historical, and literary background information.
Celaya
ironía Romanticismo
novela experimental
• I ncludes a variety of activities intended to activate prior knowledge and stimulate reflection, comprehension and creativity.
humor
leyendas
• F eatures a broad selection of texts, selected both on the basis of their literary significance and their relevance to a modern Spanish student.
Cernuda
Introducir al estudiante extranjero en aspectos esenciales de la cultura y la historia reciente de España, que le ayuden a comprender el alcance social e ideológico de los textos que está leyendo.
Lorca
• Appropriate for high intermediate and advanced Spanish students.
Enseñar de una forma amena y creativa, ya que la motivación de los estudiantes es mayor cuando se ponen en marcha dinámicas creativas al mismo tiempo que leen, escriben, aprenden y reflexionan.
Inerme
Convertir al estudiante en un elemento activo. El libro de texto que presentamos propone, guía, suscita y estimula, para que sean los estudiantes los que, guiados por el profesor pero de forma autónoma, lleguen a sus propias conclusiones a partir de las lecturas y las actividades propuestas. De esta manera, hacemos participativa y comunicativa la experiencia en el aula.
Sonatina Modernismo
Facilitar el aprendizaje, a partir de textos literarios de seleccionados, no solo por su calidad o importancia literaria, sino también atendiendo a las capacidades, necesidades e intereses del alumno actual de ELE.
Puedo escribir los versos más tristes esta noche
Features of Curso de Literatura española moderna:
CONTIENE CD
Nivel intermedio alto y avanzado
C urso de Literatura
Con la ayuda de nuestros dos personajes Helen y Akira, queremos ofrecer a los profesores una herramienta útil y eficaz que les permita desarrollar una clase ágil y comunicativa. Para ello, hemos tenido siempre en mente los siguientes objetivos didácticos:
Gabriel García Bajo Carmen Marimón Llorca
existencia
Este Curso de Literatura española moderna está dirigido a estudiantes de Español como Lengua Extranjera de nivel intermedio alto o avanzado (B1.2. y B2, según las directrices del Marco común europeo de referencia (MCER) y del Plan curricular del Instituto Cervantes). Didácticamente, es un curso especializado en el que la literatura ofrece, además, la oportunidad de trabajar la competencia comunicativa y ejercitar todas las destrezas lingüísticas. Por ello, no debe entenderse como un curso estándar para aprender lengua española a través de la literatura.
La princesa está triste... ¿Qué tendrá la princesa? Hijos de la Ira
This anthology introduces students to Latin American and Spanish literature from the nineteenth century to the present day, through a series of eleven chapters focusing on the significant eras and shifts in Spanish-language writing. Curso de Literatura española moderna educates students about an important era in global literature, improves their Spanish communication, and develops their critical and creative thinking skills.
26/05/14 11:09
9788498483819
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
31
SPANISH
Additional Spanish Resources
Hoy hablamos de… Secondary | Higher Education Hoy Features of Hoy hablamos de:
• C ooperative activities and discussion prompts engage learners and encourage them to think critically in Spanish.
Hoy hablamos de... + ELEteca Access
$29.95
9788498484052
de duración cada una. Las actividades propuestas están secuenciadas de modo que permiten la interacción oral en distintas distribuciones (parejas, grupos pequeños y grupo clase) y utilizan una gran variedad de tipologías y discursos textuales (relatos, descripciones, instrucciones, etc.), de manera que no limita la clase de conversación a los debates para dar opinión. De este modo: Los estudiantes deberán comunicarse en todo momento para realizar las actividades. Todos los componentes del grupo deben hablar para poder resolver las diferentes tareas propuestas. Los alumnos trabajarán exponentes y léxico propio de su nivel en situaciones comunicativas.
Partiendo de una revisión de la manera en que se viene trabajando la expresión escrita y de sus limitaciones e inconvenientes, el Cuaderno de Actividades Taller de Escritura quiere aportar nuevos criterios de concepción de actividades para la práctica de la escritura en autoaprendizaje y en el aula, y ser un instrumento de trabajo individual para el alumno que quiera perfeccionar esta destreza y un material complementario para el profesor, que puede integrar estas actividades en su programación como refuerzo de esta práctica. CUB_HoyHablamos_CAMB.indd 1 Taller de Escritura propone una serie de actividades, orientadas a favorecer la creatividad, que potencian la función expresiva y lúdica del lenguaje y el acceso del alumno a la expresión literaria.
9788489756793
Taller de escritura: Guía didáctica
$14.95
9788489756809
TALLER DE ESCRITURA
$14.95
de...
Temas, actividades y tareas para las clases de conversación
Javier Leal Caballero
Con IÓN EXTENS L DIGITA
Niveles
26/05/14 11:10
EXISTE UNA GUÍA DIDÁCTICA PARA EL PROFESOR
This activity manual encourages students to explore the creative, playful, and powerfully expressive side of the Spanish language. The forty activities in the activity book help students become better, more creative writers in Spanish, while the teacher guide provides suggestions for classroom implementation and evaluation. Taller de escritura: Cuaderno de actividades
hablamos
El libro también incluye un apartado de claves de los ejercicios, así como acceso web, para que el profesor obtenga materiales extra para realizar algunas actividades.
CUADERNO DE ACTIVIDADES
Taller de escritura Secondary | Higher Education
Hoy hablamos de… ofrece diez temas organizados en diez unidades de dos horas
Belén Artuñedo Guillén - Mª Teresa González Sáinz
• E mbedded communicative strategies, and additional digital content on ELEteca, provide teacher support.
¿Cuántas veces nos encontramos en una clase de conversación en la que nos cuesta que los estudiantes hablen y, trascurrido un cierto tiempo, nos percatamos de que es nuestra voz la única que se está escuchando? ¿Damos mil vueltas hasta decidir qué temas vamos a proponer? ¿Solo una o dos personas del grupo hablan permaneciendo calladas las demás? ¿Nuestros alumnos no son capaces de desenvolverse oralmente en situaciones propias del nivel en el que se encuentran?
Hoy
Hoy hablamos de...
• I nteractive activities encourage students to develop confidence and competency with their communicative skills.
Niveles A1+A2
Temas, actividades
hablamos
y tareas para Designed for advanced Spanish students, Hoy hablamos de… uses relevant themesde... and interactive las clases de teaching strategies to help students express themselves naturally and effortlessly in Spanish. conversación
NUEVA EDICIÓN REVISADA
CUADERNO DE ACTIVIDADES NIVELES INTERMEDIO Y AVANZADO
Belén Artuñedo Guillén Mª Teresa González Sáinz
Universo Gramatical Secondary | Higher Education This basic grammar reference is an invaluable tool for teachers and students of Spanish at any level, both as a desktop reference and as an active learning tool.
ur
et uie ns,
Features of Universo Gramatical:
ne
ue li-
• B asic grammar presentations, beginning with the letters of the alphabet and ending with advanced concepts such as indirect discourse and the passive voice, present language skills in a manageable and clear format. • E xtensive activities reinforce each grammar concept, and an expanded selection of activities and audio files are available on the Learning Management System ELEteca.
Avec ION NS EXTE B WE
• A n international edition addresses the needs of all language learners, while a French adaptation features French direction lines and focuses on the mistakes French speakers make most. 26/05/14 11:19
ramática oyentes ejemplos
y el modo
9788498484410
$19.95
9788498484144
This practice-focused grammar guide contains a wealth of examples and activities for the beginning Spanish student. Features of Gramatica española básica:
Aprender y utilizar
morfología
$19.95
Gramatica española básica Secondary | Higher Education
Gramática española básica.
n claro español ia para aticales iveles de
Universo Gramatical: Versión internacional + ELEteca Access Universo Gramatical: Versión francesa + ELEteca Access
• 16 units all focus on practical grammar functions. • An accompanying CD-ROM includes activities to reinforce the lessons of the text. • A n appendix of irregular and regular verb conjugations, as well as an answer key, make this volume an excellent self-study and student reference tool.
onsolidar los n una batería sciente de su
Gramática española básica + CD-ROM
$29.95
26/05/14 10:58
32
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
9788498480863
| Primary | Secondary | Higher Education
CUB_SER-ESTAR_CAMB.pdf
que están
a después
de apoyo re trabajar oporcionar de elemen-
iciones en ncias entre on los que ara descuos reales, xpresar las
11:30
MARÍA ÁNGELES ALONSO FRANCISCO JAVIER FERNÁNDEZ COLECCIÓN PASO A PASO
LAS
PREPOSICIONES – Los que quieren saber cómo funciona la gramática del español, pero no están interesados en aprender teoría gramatical. – Los que saben mucha gramática y están interesados en entender cómo funciona en el uso real. – Los que quieren descubrir por sí mismos las ˝reglas˝ que están detrás de la lengua. – Los que quieren que les expliquen las reglas para después aplicarlas.
desde
Aunque el propósito fundamental de esta colección es servir de apoyo al estudiante que, asista o no a clases de español, quiere trabajar la gramática de forma autodirigida, puede también proporcionar ideas a los profesores, especialmente para la presentación de elementos gramaticales.
en
bajo
Los diferentes aspectos de los temas tratados se presentan de forma inductiva, es decir, permiten al alumno descubrir por sí mismo el funcionamiento de la gramática.
según
sinSER O ESTAR Este libro ayuda al lector a conocer el uso de los verbos SER y ESTAR en español, los contextos en los que aparecen, las diferencias entre ellos, y propone prácticas de utilización de estos verbos en situaciones reales.
r de apoyo re trabajar oporcionar ntación de
Fue detenido
Escríbeme cuando puedas
1
26/05/14
Es molesto
Features of Colección Paso a paso:
¿Dónde está la película?
• T opics are presented intuitively and in manageable segments, making the volume accessible for self-study.
Ojalá venga a verme Estuvo detenido
¿Cuánto es?
• L anguage skills are arranged by level of difficulty, so teachers and students of all abilities can focus on the elements of grammar they find most challenging.
11:31
PILAR DÍAZ MARÍA LUISA RODRÍGUEZ COLECCIÓN PASO A PASO Los libros de esta colección se han escrito pensando en muchas clases de estudiantes:
EL SUBJUNTIVO 1
– Los que quieren saber cómo funciona la gramática del español, pero no están interesados en aprender teoría gramatical. NIVEL INTERMEDIO – Los que saben mucha gramática y están interesados en entender cómo funciona en el uso real. – Los que quieren descubrir por sí mismos las ˝reglas˝ que están detrás de la lengua. – Los que quieren que les expliquen las reglas para después aplicarlas.
Me prohibió
Aunque el propósito fundamental de esta colección es servir de apoyo que saliera al estudiante que, asista o no a clases de español, quiere trabajar con él la gramática de forma autodirigida, puede también proporcionar ideas a los profesores, especialmente para la presentación de elementos gramaticales.
¡Que te diviertas! Los diferentes aspectos de los temas tratados se presentan de forma inductiva, es decir, permiten al alumno descubrir por sí mismo el funcioEscríbeme namiento de la gramática. cuando puedas Es mejor EL SUBJUNTIVO 2 que se lo
EL SUBJUNTIVO 2
l subjuntivo cias con el nes reales.
EL SUBJUNTIVO 1
n de forma mo el funcio-
The grammar books of Colección Paso a paso are appropriate for both the self-directed student who wants to focus on grammar outside of the classroom, and the teacher who is looking for new techniques in grammar instruction.
¿A cuánto está?
Está molesto
José Amenós - Pilar Díaz - María Luisa Rodríguez
Pilar Díaz - María Luisa Rodríguez
que están
a después
¿Dónde es la película?
sobre
CUB_EL SUBJUNTIVO 2_CAMB.pdf
el español, al. n entender
Secondary | Higher Education
¿SER O ESTAR?
para
contra
en muchas
Colección Paso a paso
ALEJANDRO ZARZALEJOS
Los libros de esta colección se han escrito pensando en muchas clases de estudiantes:
¿SER O ESTAR?
PREPOSICIONES
n de forma o el funcio-
26/05/14
Alejandro Zarzalejos
l español, al. n entender
María Ángeles Alonso - Francisco Javier Fernández
en muchas
1
SPANISH
Este libro ayuda al lector a conocer el funcionamiento del subjuntivo digas tú No creo en español en sus usos más complejos, los contextos en los que que sea aparece y las diferencias con el indicativo, y propone prácticas de utilización en situaciones reales. Se dirige a personas con un nivel buena idea avanzado de español y es la continuación de El subjuntivo 1, publicado en esta misma colección.
¿Te gustaría que este año te regalaran otro perfume?
Ojalá venga a verme
JOSÉ AMENÓS PILAR DÍAZ MARÍA LUISA RODRÍGUEZ
EL SUBJUNTIVO 2
NIVEL AVANZADO
¡Ojalá hubiera llegado a tiempo!
Yo le habría aconsejado que protestase
No sabía que hubiera roto con María
¡Porque él lo diga!
Las preposiciones
$14.95
9788498481297
¿Ser o estar?
$14.95
9788489756045
El subjuntivo 1
$14.95
9788489756663
El subjuntivo 2
$14.95
9788489756465
Como para que nos amarguemos más Para que lo sepas
Ven que te cuente... Sin que nadie me ayudara
CUB_TemasSalud-LA_Maquetación 1 26/05/14 12:28 Página 1
CUB_TemasTurismo-LA_PORTADACONTRAPORTADA 26/05/14 12:37 Página 1
De Juan, De Prada, Gray, Marcé y Nieto
Higher Education
TEMAS DE SALUD: Manual de preparación del Certificado Superior de Español de las Ciencias de la Salud de la Cámara de Comercio de Madrid es un manual destinado a estudiantes a partir del nivel B2 que deseen: • Trabajar en el sector de servicios relacionados con la salud y la atención sanitaria. • Progresar en el ámbito específico del español de la salud. • Estudiar en una universidad española.
The volumes in this series are a unique learning tool for students preparing to use Spanish in their professional lives. These advanced books are perfect for any healthcare, tourism, or law professional with an upper-intermediate knowledge of Spanish, and can help bridge the gap to fluency in a particular field.
Asimismo, el formato en que se presentan las actividades y el modelo de examen de Certificado Superior que se incluye, permitirá a los estudiantes prepararse para el examen que convoca la Cámara de Comercio de Madrid.
TEMAS DE TURISMO
Las actividades de este manual desarrollan las cuatro destrezas y aumentan el léxico relacionado TEMAS DE TURISMO: Manual para la preparación del Certificado Superior con de las Ciencias de la Salud. Asimismo, el formato en que se presentan las actividades y el modelo de examen del Certificado Superior que se incluye, permitirá Español del Turismo es un manual dirigido a estudiantes de ELE que tengan como mínia losespañol. estudiantes prepararse para el examen que convoca la Cámara de Comercio de mo un nivel B1 de español y que estén interesados en el mundo del turismo Madrid. Las actividades de este manual desarrollan las cuatro destrezas, aumentan el léxico de turismo de los estudiantes, y les hacen reflexionar sobre el sector del turismo de su propio país, el de España y el de otros países.
CUB_TemasEmpresa_LA_PORTADACONTRAPORTADA 26/05/14 12:46 Página 1
María José Pareja
Manual para la preparación del Certificado Superior de Español del Turismo de la Cámara de Comercio de Madrid
Each volume provides:
ESTE MANUAL PUEDE COMPLETARSE CON EL LIBRO DE CLAVES DE LAS ACTIVIDADES
TEMAS DE SALUD • Libro del Alumno
Spanish for Specific Purposes
TEMAS DE EMPRESA: Manual para la preparación del Certificado Superior del Español de los Negocios de la Cámara de Comercio de Madrid es un manual dirigido a los estudiantes de ELE que tengan como mínimo un nivel B1 y que estén interesados en el mundo empresarial español.
• Subject-specific vocabulary lists, including relevant phrases and colloquialisms.
Asimismo, el formato en que se presentan las actividades y el modelo de examen de Certificado Superior que se incluye, permitirán a los estudiantes prepararse para este y superarlo con éxito.
examen ESTE MANUAL PUEDE COMPLETARSE CON UN LIBRO DE CLAVES DE LOS EJERCICIOS
$19.95
9788495986696
Temas de empresa Answer Key
$14.95
9788495986764
Temas de salud
$19.95
9788498480337
Temas de salud Answer Key
$14.95
9788498480344
Temas de turismo
$19.95
9788495986993
Temas de turismo Answer Key
$14.95
9788495986986
Manual para la preparación del Certificado Superior del Español de los Negocios de la Cámara de Comercio de Madrid
Temas de empresa
TEMAS DE EMPRESA
Las actividades de este manual desarrollan las cuatro destrezas, aumentan el léxico de negocios de los estudiantes, y les hacen reflexionar sobre la cultura empresarial de su propio país, la de España y la de otros países.
• P ractical activities—planning a simulation healthcare campaign, speaking in a courtroom, organizing an itinerary for an international tourist—that encourage students to practice skills in context.
ESTE MANUAL PUEDE COMPLETARSE CON UN LIBRO DE CLAVES DE LOS EJERCICIOS
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
33
CLASSICS
The Cambridge Latin Course
Introducing the Fifth Edition of the leading three-year Latin program! Familiar features of the Cambridge Latin Course: • V ivid readings weave culture and history into the fabric of Latin stories. • Characters and stories engage and motivate students. lear presentations of grammar, vocabulary, • C and word families facilitate learning. xtensive ancillary materials support effective • E teaching and learning.
New to the Fifth Edition: • Color line illustrations and model sentences. • I ncreased representation of women, including Lucia, the daughter of Caecilius and Metella. pdated sections on background and • U culture, taking account of recent research. • A larger and thinner student book, with a new, highly readable page design.
Fire: red, for the destruction of Pompeii. flammae ubique erant. (Stage 12)
Water: blue, for the south coast of Britain, the harbor at Alexandria and the Nile. tum omnes ad mare oculos vertebant. (Stage 15)
Earth: green, for inland Britain and the city of Rome. nunc, a Romanis deceptus, ista ornamenta mihi a Romanis data, humi iacio. (Stage 23)
www.cambridgelatincourse.com 34
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Sky: purple, for the glory of the imperial court - and of Latin literature! haec, Auguste, tamen, quae vertice sidera pulsat, par domus est caelo sed minor est domino. (Stage 36)
SE
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3 | Secondary
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Digital Resources
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
C M Y K
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
CLASSICS
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Fifth Edition
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 3
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 4
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7 Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6 Fifth Edition
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
C M Y K
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
C M Y K
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6 Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
Unit 4
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
C M Y K
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Unit 4
4 FIFTH EDITION
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
Unit 1
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
The Fifth Edition features a reimagined digital environment, designed so that busy teachers and students can access the Cambridge Latin Course’s wealth of digital resources in one place for the first time. Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition 9 781107 070974 > In 2015, all of the supporting material of the course will become available on the Cambridge Latin Course website. With a single website subscription, students and teachers can access and easily navigate all of the content of the 4th Edition Website, E-Learning Resource DVDs, Workbook, Activity Masters, and Audio Program, in addition to a wealth of new interactive digital content. ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070936
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070936
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070967
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070981
Explore the streamlined digital environment of the Cambridge Latin Course.
WebBooks The Fifth Edition website includes a WebBook for every Stage of the Cambridge Latin Course. Each book includes embedded activities on the relevant page, and pop-up dictionaries and appendices provide in-text support.
Practicing the Language and Explore the Story The website includes digital versions of the “Practicing the Language” exercises from the student book, in addition to vocabulary and comprehension activities that are only available online. Students can create customized practice tests in “Test your Vocabulary,” or dive deeper into the stories of the student book in “Explore the Story.”
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
35
CLASSICS
The Cambridge Latin Course E-Learning Resources Available Online in 2015! The Cambridge Latin Course E-Learning Resources combine audio, video, and interactive activities to bring the study of Latin and the Roman world to life. In Spring 2015, these resources, which accompany Units 1 and 2, will be included in a subscription to the Cambridge Latin Course website.
Key Features of the E-Learning Resources • D ocumentaries expand on and enhance the cultural themes of each stage. • V ideo introductions to the stories and stages, presented by characters from the course, bring the Cambridge Latin Course characters into the classroom. • V ideo dramatizations of stories, with or without subtitles, help students understand Latin as a lively, spoken language. • Audio readings of the model sentences and stories are segmented to allow students to review and practice their pronunciation. xplanations of the language are presented by an on-screen • E teacher and use examples from the course. • Interactive activities aid and assess understanding. omprehension activities consolidate students’ understanding • C of storyline, characters’ motivations and relationships, language, and vocabulary.
The E-Learning Resources contain over 1,000 additional activities per unit, as well as over 150 video segments.
36
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3 | Secondary
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
iPad Textbooks
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
C M Y K
C M Y K
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7
C M Y K
C M Y K
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
9 781107 070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
ISBN: 9781107070981
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
C M Y K
C M Y K
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
9 781107 070936
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
ISBN: 9781107070981
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
9 781107 070936
1
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
•
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Unit 2
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
C M Y K
Unit 1
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
4
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
1
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
• •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
•
•
•
•
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
• •
3
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
• •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
Unit 4
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
• •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
ISBN: 9781107070936
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Unit 4
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
The Fifth Edition features many brand-new audio recordings, recorded by native Italian speakers and included in the website for access in and outside of the classroom. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
All 48 Stages of the Cambridge Latin are now available as interactive iPad textbooks. iPad textbooks include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
CLASSICS
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Additional Online Resources Audio Recordings
SE
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition 28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070981
Video documentaries, dramatizations, and introductions Fifth Edition
9 781107 070974 >
Activity Masters This valuable collection of classroom-tested material is also available online through the Fifth Edition website, simplifying the lesson planning process and providing a wealth of easilyaccessible supplemental materials. The Activity Masters provide additional practice and testing opportunities for all elements of the core material, including reading, translation, comprehension, background, language, and vocabulary.
Embedded audio
Interactive versions of each story.
iPad Textbooks are available through iBooks, and work on iPad iOS 5 and later, or Mac OS X 10.9 and later.
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
37
CLASSICS
The Cambridge Latin Course
Explore a Unit of the Cambridge Latin Course Color drawings illustrate each scene, assisting student comprehension and bringing the characters and stories to life.
The Cambridge Latin Course’s print textbooks, WebBooks, and iPad textbooks all contain the same clear, engaging unit structure. 1 Grumiō: ego sum coquus. ego cēnam coquō.
2 Caecilius: ego sum argentārius. ego pecūniam habeō.
Opening Illustrations and Model Sentences Captions preview the key grammar, syntax and vocabulary of the stage.
3 Pantagathus: ego sum tōnsor. ego barbam tondeō.
4 Syphāx: ego sum vēnālīcius. ego servum vēndō.
5 poēta: ego sum poēta. ego versum recitō.
6 Clāra: ego sum artifex. ego leōnem pingō.
Each Stage opens with a series of clear, accurate line drawings and captions, presenting new language in the context of the Course’s engaging story line.
40 Stage 4
Reading Selections Reading is at the heart of each stage of the Cambridge Latin Course. The storyline, and the famous characters of the Course, encourage students to learn the language quickly and with enthusiasm.
contrōversia
contrōversia debate
Quīntus amīcum Graecum habēbat. amīcus erat Alexander. Quīntus et Alexander ad palaestram ībant, ubi rhētor Graecus erat. hic rhētor erat Theodōrus et prope palaestram habitābat. in palaestrā erat porticus longa, ubi Theodōrus iuvenēs docēbat. postquam ad hanc porticum vēnērunt, Alexander et Quīntus rhētorem audīvērunt. rhētor iuvenibus contrōversiam nūntiābat, “Graecī sunt meliōrēs quam Rōmānī.”
ībant were going rhētor teacher longa long docēbat used to teach hanc this meliōrēs quam better than
5
Quīntus vehementer exclāmāvit, “minimē! nōs Rōmānī sumus meliōrēs quam Graecī.” Theodōrus, postquam hanc sententiam audīvit, respondit, 10 “haec est tua sententia. nōs tamen nōn sententiam quaerimus, nōs argūmentum quaerimus.” tum Quīntus rhētorī et amīcīs argūmentum explicāvit. “nōs Rōmānī sumus fortissimī. nōs barbarōs ferōcissimōs superāmus. nōs imperium maximum habēmus. nōs pācem 15 servāmus. vōs Graecī semper contentiōnēs habētis. vōs semper estis turbulentī. nōs sumus architectī optimī. nōs viās et pontēs ubīque aedificāmus. urbs Rōma est maior quam omnēs urbēs. postrēmō nōs Rōmānī dīligenter labōrāmus. deī igitur nōbīs 20 imperium maximum dant. vōs Graecī estis ignāvī. vōs numquam labōrātis. deī vōbīs nihil dant.”
sententiam opinion argūmentum proof barbarōs barbarians imperium empire pācem peace servāmus keep, preserve architectī builders, architects pontēs bridges ubīque everywhere aedificāmus build maior quam greater than,
The model sentences are integrated into the reading, providing points of entry into the story. Historical and archaeological illustrations provide cultural context.
bigger than
postrēmō lastly deī gods dant give ignāvī lazy
136 Stage 10
38
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Phaedrus Phaedrus, who lived in the first half of the first century A.D., was originally a slave of the emperor, and became a lªbertus Augustª. He composed five books of verse mainly based on the animal fables of Aesop, such as the following fable of the wolf and the lamb: ad rªvum eundem lupus et agnus v•nerant sitª compulsª; superior st¶bat lupus long•que ªnferior agnus. tunc fauce improb¶ latrº incit¶tus i–rgiª causam intulit. “qu¶r•” inquit “turbulentam f•cistª mihi aquam* bibentª?” l¶niger contr¶ tim•ns: “quª possum, quaesº, facere quod quereris, lupe? ¶ t• d•currit ad meºs haust–s liquor.” repulsus ille v•rit¶tis vªribus: “ante hºs sex m•ns•s male” ait “dªxistª mihi.” respondit agnus: “equidem n¶tus nºn eram.” “pater hercle tuus” ille inquit “male dªxit mihi;” atque ita correptum lacerat, ini–st¶ nece.
5
10
* Some noun-and-adjective phrases, in which an adjective is separated by one word or more from the noun which it describes, have been underlined.
Aesop’s Fables.
150 Stage 42
Unit 4 prepares students for AP Latin with eight chapters of unadapted literature, including selections from Ovid’s Metamorphoses, Virgil’s Aeneid, and Horace’s Odes.
SE
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
3 | Secondary
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
About the Language Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
C M Y K
C M Y K
About the language CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 4
3
Unit 3
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
9 781107 070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
ISBN: 9781107070981
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 3
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
Unit 4
ISBN: 9781107070967
The slave works or The slave is working. The slaves work or The slaves are working.
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
Fifth Edition
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
present tense servus labōrat. plural servī labōrant.
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4 singular
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
9 781107 070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070981
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
C M Y K
C M Y K
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
9 781107 070936
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
Unit 4
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Unit 2
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
C M Y K
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
•
•
•
•
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
4
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
FIFTH EDITION
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070936
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
1
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
1 All the stories in the first five Stages were set in the present, and in every sentence the verbs were in the present tense. Study the following examples:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Grammar and syntax are systematically presented after each reading, cementing comprehension and encouraging students to think analytically about the language. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
CLASSICS
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
• C lear explanations in common language demystify grammar and syntax.
9 781107
2 In Stage 6, because the stories happened in the past, you have met the imperfect tense and the perfect tense. Study the different 070974 > of the two past tenses and their English translation: endings
Fifth Edition
imperfect tense singular poēta recitābat. Metella in hortō sedēbat. plural
• C omparisons to English structure and usage provide insight into English grammar.
A poet was reciting. Metella was sitting in the garden.
servī in forō ambulābant. Pompēiānī vīnum bibēbant.
The slaves were walking in the forum. The Pompeians were drinking wine.
perfect tense singular ancilla intrāvit. Clēmēns clāmōrem audīvit. plural
• P ractice exercises ask students to recycle and adapt the skills they’ve learned.
The slave girl entered. Clemens heard the uproar.
amīcī Caecilium salūtāvērunt. iuvenēs ad tabernam festīnāvērunt.
The friends greeted Caecilius. The young men hurried to an inn.
3 Compare the endings of the imperfect and perfect tenses with the endings of the present tense. singular portat portābat portāvit
present imperfect perfect
plural portant portābant portāvērunt
You can see that in the imperfect and perfect tenses, as with the present tense, the singular ends in -t and the plural in -nt.
Practicing the language
74 Stage 6
1 When you have read the following story, answer the questions opposite.
avārus duo fūrēs ōlim ad vīllam contendēbant. in vīllā mercātor habitābat. mercātor erat senex et avārus. avārus multam pecūniam habēbat. fūrēs, postquam vīllam intrāvērunt, ātrium circumspectāvērunt. “avārus,” inquit fūr, “est sōlus. avārus servum nōn habet.” 5 tum fūrēs tablīnum intrāvērunt. avārus clāmāvit et ferōciter pugnāvit, sed fūrēs senem facile superāvērunt. “ubi est pecūnia, senex?” rogāvit fūr. “servus fidēlis pecūniam in cubiculō custōdit,” inquit senex. “tū servum fidēlem nōn habēs, quod avārus es,” clāmāvit 10 fūr. tum fūrēs cubiculum petīvērunt. “pecūniam videō,” inquit fūr. fūrēs cubiculum intrāvērunt, ubi pecūnia erat, et pecūniam intentē spectāvērunt. sed ēheu! ingēns serpēns in pecūniā iacēbat. fūrēs serpentem timēbant et ē vīllā celeriter festīnāvērunt. 15 in vīllā avārus rīdēbat et serpentem laudābat. “tū m m m m m m m m
Practicing the Language This mixed skills section integrates the lessons of previous chapters. Students practice their grammar, reading, and comprehension skills while expanding their cultural and historical knowledge.
The orum Th
m
m
Cultural Background
m
m
m mm m
Th
m
m
m
m
mm
H
mm m
m O
m m m
Th m
m m m
• E ach passage complements the content of the stories, building a richer reading experience for the student.
m
m m
Th
m
In this cultural extension section, engaging topics reinforce and extend students’ cultural and historical understanding.
m
m
mm m m Th m
mm
m
m
76 Stage 6
m m
m
m m
m m m m
m Th
m
• C ontemporary research and archaeological discoveries, updated for the Fifth Edition, provide an accurate and cutting-edge view of ancient Rome.
Contact Your G oba Language Spec a st: 800-394-3419
39
The Cambridge Latin Course
CLASSICS
Vocabulary checklist 9
Vocabulary checklist 8 agitat: agitāvit cōnsūmit: cōnsūmpsit dūcit: dūxit eum facile ferōx gladius hic ignāvus nūntius pēs porta postulat: postulāvit puer pugnat: pugnāvit saepe sanguis silva spectāculum statim tōtus
Vocabulary Checklist Active word lists summarize the key vocabulary presented in each stage.
agnōscit: agnōvit celeriter cupit: cupīvit dat: dedit diēs ēmittit: ēmīsit fert: tulit homō hospes ille īnspicit: īnspexit iterum manet: mānsit medius mox offert: obtulit ostendit: ostendit post prōcēdit: prōcessit pulcher revenit: revēnit trādit: trādidit
chases, hunts eats leads, takes him easily fierce sword this cowardly messenger foot gate demands boy fights often blood woods, forest show, spectacle at once whole
recognizes quickly wants gives day throws, sends out brings, carries human being, man guest that looks at, examines again remains, stays middle soon offers shows after proceeds, advances beautiful comes back, returns hands over
A retiarius who lost his fight. The symbol beside his trident is θ (theta), the first letter of the Greek word for death (thanatos).
The floors of baths often had marine themes. This mosaic of an octopus is in the women’s baths at Herculaneum.
130 Stage 9
114 Stage 8
Language Information
Uses of the Cases Adjectives
A Nominative 1 The nominative case indicates the subject of a verb:
A The following adjectives belong to the first and second declension: masculine feminine (2nd) (1st)
neuter (2nd)
masculine (2nd)
feminine (1st)
neuter (2nd)
bonus bona (voc. bone) bon# bonae bon¢ bonae bonum bonam bon¢ bon¡
bonum
pulcher
pulchra
pulchrum
bon# bon¢ bonum bon¢
pulchr# pulchr¢ pulchrum pulchr¢
pulchrae pulchrae pulchram pulchr¡
pulchr# pulchr¢ pulchrum pulchr¢
bon#
bonae
bona
pulchr#
pulchrae
pulchra
bon¢rum bon#s bon¢s bon#s
bon¡rum bon#s bon¡s bon#s
bon¢rum bon#s bona bon#s
pulchr¢rum pulchr#s pulchr¢s pulchr#s
pulchr¡rum pulchr#s pulchr¡s pulchr#s
pulchr¢rum pulchr#s pulchra pulchr#s
SINGULAR
nominative and vocative genitive dative accusative ablative
Valerius erat centuriº. l#ber# erant laet#.
Valerius was a centurion. The children were happy.
B Vocative
c–r tac•s, Cephale? m• aud#te, am#c#!
Why are you silent, Cephalus? Listen to me, friends!
1 The genitive case indicates possession: m¶ter puerºrum rªsit. templum deae intr¶vimus.
masc.
fem.
neut.
masc. and fem. neut.
celer
celeris
celere
ing™ns
ing™ns
celeris celer# celerem
celeris celer# celerem
celeris celer# celer
ingentis ingent# ingentem
ingentis ingent# ing™ns
ablative
celer#
celer#
celer#
ingent-#/-e
ingent-#/-e
celer™s
celer™s
celeria
ingent™s
celerium celeribus celer™s celeribus
celerium celeribus celer™s celeribus
celerium celeribus celeria celeribus
ingentium ingentibus ingent™s ingentibus
nominative and vocative genitive dative accusative ablative
R–fus est optimus Part Two: Literary Terms andRufus is the best of my tribunes. trib–nºrum meºrum. Rhetorical Devicespl–s pec–niae volº. I want more money.
ingentibus id minim# mºment# est. ingentia 1 alliteration: repetition of the same sound, usually a consonant, at ingentibus
• Complete vocabulary list
That is of very little importance.
the beginning of two or more adjacent words to draw the reader’s attention to those two words.
Language Information 321
3 anaphora: repetition of a word or phrase at the beginning of several successive clauses or phrases. 4 apostrophe: a sudden break in the narrative to address the reader or an absent person or thing; often indicates strong emotion. 5 assonance: repetition of sound, especially of the same vowel sound, in two or more adjacent words. 6 asyndeton: omission of customary connecting words to express lively action, tense excitement, or choking grief. 7 connotation: the cluster of implicit or associated meanings of a word as distinguished from that word’s denotative or specific meaning. 8 ellipsis: omission of word(s) necessary for the grammatical structure of a sentence or clause to give greater brevity, compactness, and force. 9 euphemism: using a pleasant expression to replace an unpleasant one.
Language Information 339
40
• Word order • Specialized usage
3 The genitive of description usually refers to non-physical qualities of a person: The following glossary is not meant to be all-inclusive. In writing a t– es vir summae pr–dentiae. You are a man of very great literary appreciation for a piece of literature, it is not enough simply common sense. ingentia to list literary devices or figures of speech and give examples. (You are a very sensible man.) Always examine critically each device or figure to see how the writer ingentium use is the genitive of indefinite price or value: uses it and what effect is achieved by4itsAnother use in context.
2 allusion: a brief reference to details the writer expects the reader to recognize; may be proper nouns; references to customs, geography, history, mythology, etc.
296 Language Information
• Parts of speech
The boys’ mother laughed. We entered the temple of the goddess.
2 The partitive genitive or genitive of quantity indicates the whole from which a part is taken:
nominative and vocative genitive dative accusative
PLURAL
A summary of grammar, syntax, and vocabulary includes:
C Genitive
B The following adjectives belong to the third declension: SINGULAR
The back of each student book contains a wealth of information for easy reference and review.
The vocative case indicates a person or thing which is being addressed:
PLURAL
nominative and vocative genitive dative accusative ablative
The prisoner was shouting.
capt#vus cl¶m¶bat.
2 The nominative case also indicates the subjective completion of a copulative or linking verb like esse. This use is sometimes called a predicate nominative or a subjective complement:
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Cultural and Grammatical Indexes assist with easy navigation of the student book, and a Time Chart provides cultural and historical context. Special appendices in Unit 4 provide useful background on poetry, metrics, and literary and rhetorical devices.
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Unit 2
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
9 781107 070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 3
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
ISBN: 9781107070967
Teacher’s Manual
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1 Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
Fifth Edition
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
• A summary of the story line, and translations of all readings and exercises.
scaena
cavea
Stage Illustrations p. 91
p. 96
Alexandrian bronze coin, important evidence for the appearance of the Pharos, especially the proportions, and the three tiers. From this and other coins, and written sources, it is clear that the tiers were square at the bottom, octagonal in the middle, and circular at the top. Statues of four Tritons stood on the upper corners of the bottom tier, and Zeus on the top. Note windows and an entrance door at lower left (British Museum). (1) Mummy portrait of Artemidorus, encaustic (pigment mixed with heated wax) on wood, A.D. 100∂120, from Hawara (British Museum). He wears a white tunic and a wreath applied in gold leaf. M (2) Sculptured he
M
50
Edition In addition to the CLC’s Fifth wealth of digital supplements, the Teacher’s Manual provides valuable support to instructors. This spiral-bound volume includes:
9 781107 070974 >
• A n introduction to the reading method, and the approach of the Cambridge Latin Course.
M
portico
orchestra
Teacher Support
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
9 781107 070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070981
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6 Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
C M Y K
C M Y K
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
Further Information. The theater was an established feature of life in the Republic, when the comedies of Plautus and Terence and some of the old Roman tragedies were regularly performed. Under the Empire, most towns had a theater, where performances were most frequently pantomimes, vulgar farces, and one-act plays, with an occasional Plautine comedy. Although the crowds who came out in Pompeii to welcome actors like Actius and Sorex did not expect or desire entertainment of great dramatic quality, students should remember that, in Pompeii, the small covered theater, or ¢d™um, was built during the Augustan period for more serious performances of music and poetic recitations. This theater would attract support from the more educated elements of Pompeian society. Note the plan of the theater in Pompeii.
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
•
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
9 781107 070936
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6 Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
Unit 4
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
C M Y K
C M Y K 978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
C M Y K
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
CLASSICS
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
FIFTH EDITION
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
The story in exercise D is based on an incident described in Terence’s Hecyra Prologue 4.
Cultural Background, pages 81∂84
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil.
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
STAGE 17 Alexandr#a 1
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
Unit 1
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Consolidation. Write on the blackboard or OHP additional singular and plural sentences of the NOM + V pattern. Ask the students to translate these sentences and then to point out the nominative singulars and nominative plurals, using verb endings as clues or confirmations. If the students seem secure and confident in their knowledge, comment more fully on singular and plural inflections of the various declensions.
3 | Secondary FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Discussion. The focus is mainly on nouns. As students gain confidence, some examples of other nouns from previous stories could be listed on the blackboard or OHP, e.g. agricolae, nautae, puer#, ¡ct¢r™s, iuven™s, as long as they are seen initially in the context of a complete sentence.
Practicing the Language, pages 79∂80
SE
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
STAGE 5
• C ourse and lesson-planning outlines, along with specific teaching and assessment suggestions for all sections and activities. • E xtensive commentary on illustrations, photos and culture. • Derivatives in English, French, and Spanish. • Diagnostic tests and answer keys.
M M
Teacher Training and Support from the Cambridge Latin Consultants The h ee Camb dge La n Consu an s—Ma ha A e V g n a B as and Donna Ge a d—p ov de ee eache a n ng o any C ass cs ns uc o Fo wo kshops pe sona zed web na s each ng ma e a s nse v ces o one on one men o ng con ac c c a n ng@camb dge o g Ma ha A e
V g n a B as
Ha dcove S uden s Book Un 1
$ 34 95
9781107070936
Pape back S uden s Book Un 1
$ 24 95
9781107690639
Teache s Manua Un 1
$ 49 95
9781107678613
Ha dcove S uden s Book Un 2
$ 34 95
9781107070967
Pape back S uden s Book Un 2
$ 24 95
9781107699007
Teache s Manua Un 2
$ 49 95
9781107651722
Ha dcove S uden s Book Un 3
$ 67 95
9781107070974
Pape back S uden s Book Un 3
$ 47 95
9781107675780
Teache s Manua Un 3
$ 49 95
9781107639294
Ha dcove S uden s Book Un 4
$ 67 95
9781107070981
Pape back S uden s Book Un 4
$ 47 95
9781107693272
Teache s Manua Un 4
$ 49 95
9781107660823
Donna Ge a d
For full pricing and ordering information, please contact Customer Service at orders@cambridge.org or 800-872-7423. You can also contact your World Languages Specialist at 800-394-3419. Contact Your G oba Language Spec a st: 800-394-3419
41
CLASSICS
Minimus and Minimus Secundus
Barbara Bell’s beloved Latin series for young learners. Minimus the mouse and his Roman family present a unique and lively introduction to Latin language and Roman culture for students in grades 2-5. Students in grades 3-6 continue their adventure in learning with Minimus Secundus, which reviews grammar and vocabulary from Minimus while introducing new concepts and vocabulary.
42
Features of Minimus and Minimus Secundus: • T he series develops language awareness and helps young learners strengthen their English by identifying common Latin roots. • W ith a mix of myths, stories and historical background, Minimus supports cross-curricular activities in geography, history, reading and art. • R oman Britain is brought to life as myths, stories and illustrations give children a meaningful insight into a different culture and time.
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
9 781107 070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
ISBN: 9781107070936
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
ISBN: 9781107070981
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 3
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
Fifth Edition
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
Minimus is now available as an iBook! This interactive textbook works on iPad and Mac.
Unit 4
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
9 781107 070936
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070981
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
ISBN: 9781107070967
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
C M Y K
C M Y K
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
9 781107 070936
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
Unit 4
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
C M Y K
C M Y K 978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Unit 2
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
C M Y K
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
•
•
•
•
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
ISBN: 9781107070936
Unit 1
1
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Resource Books contain English translations of the Latin passages, photocopiable worksheets, background information, answer keys, and full teaching notes to support the non-specialist teacher. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
CLASSICS
Introducing the NEW Minimus iBook CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
| Primary FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
Additional Resources ISBN: 9781107070974
28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070981
Features of the iBook: 9 781107 070974 >
Fifth Edition • C ontains embedded audio readings and extracts to help with pronunciation of the Latin text. • C omic strips are presented through an image gallery, so students can scroll while they listen.
MINIMUS
• Hints and tips are embedded throughout the textbook.
Starting out in Latin
ourse for on to the itain.
SE
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
TEACHER’S RESOURCE BOOK
sic ies nda. n of
man
9780521755467cvr.qxd
19/6/07
2:00 pm
9780521681469slb.qxd
Page 1
21/10/09
15:43
Page 1
MINIMUS SECUNDUS
MINIMUS Barbara Bell Joint Association of Classical Teachers
Minimus Secundus: Moving on in Latin enables 10–13 year olds to build on their Latin language skills and knowledge of Roman Britain introduced in Minimus: Starting out in Latin.
Starting out in Latin
Moving on in Latin
Barbara Bell
The story moves on five years to find Minimus the mouse and the family from Vindolanda setting out Cambridge University Press for a new life in Eboracum – Roman York. There is The Edinburgh Building, a step-by-step explanation of grammarCambridge and plentyCB2 8RU, UK of opportunity for language work, including linking © Cambridge University Press Latin roots to modern English word derivations.
TEACHER’S RESOURCE BOOK
2002, 2005
Pupils are also introduced by MinimusFirst to published Roman in CD format 2005 and Greek myths and the real archaeological context the EU of the family is explored – leading to aMade livelyinand inspiring approach to learning Latin! ISBN 978-0-521-68146-9 CD The Teacher’s Resource Book provides This recording is copyright and unauthorised copying is illegal support, including teaching tips, English translations of the Latin passages and a number of photocopiable worksheets.
9780521681476slb.qxd
25/8/09
13:56
Page 1
Illustrations: Helen Forte
Available titles: Minimus Secundus Pupil’s Book ISBN 978-0-521-75545-0 Minimus Secundus Teacher’s Resource Book ISBN 978-0-521-75546-7 Minimus Secundus Cassette ISBN 978-0-521-75547-4 Minimus Secundus Audio CD ISBN 978-0-521-68147-6
The Audio CDs feature readings and extracts to help with pronunciation, and contain lively readings of the Latin text to help motivate pupils.
978051681476 - Bel: Minmus Secundus - C M Y Black
1-65961-1
21-68146-9
9780521681469 BELL: MINIMUS Starting out inResource Laltin CD-ROM 9780521755467 Bell Minimus Secundus Teacher’s Book LABEL CVR CCMMYYKK
21-65960-4
MINIMUS SECUNDUS
Moving on in LatinBarbara Bell Cambridge University Press The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK © Cambridge University Press 2004, 2005 First published in CD format 2005 5th printing 2011 Made in the EU ISBN 978-0-521-68147-6 CD This recording is copyright and unauthorised copying is illegal
Minimus: Pupil’s Book
$23.20
9780521659604
Minimus: Teacher’s Resource Book
$66.20
9780521659611
Minimus: Audio CD
$21.80
9780521681469
Minimus Secundus: Pupil’s Book
$23.20
9780521755450
Minimus Secundus: Teacher’s Resource Book
$66.20
9780521755467
Minimus Secundus: Audio CD
$21.80
9780521681476
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419 Contact Your Language Specialist: 888-000-0000
4343
CLASSICS
Support for The Cambridge Latin Course
Cambridge Latin Anthology The sixteen thematic sections of the Cambridge Latin Anthology contain a wide array of Roman poetry (by Catullus, Horace, Lucretius, Martial, Ovid, Petronius, Seneca and Virgil) and adapted prose (from Apuleius, Caesar, Cicero, Pliny, Sallust, Tacitus, and the Acts of the Apostles in the Vulgate). Each page includes a gloss to elucidate and invite students into the selections, and the text is illustrated throughout by paintings and artifacts from the Roman world. Cambridge Latin Anthology (Hardcover)
$27.00
9780521808873
Cambridge Latin Anthology Teacher’s Handbook
$28.80
9780521578547
Learning Latin through Mythology This engaging and imaginative book for middle grades students consists of thirteen units, each including a short English version of a myth, an illustrated Latin version with vocabulary explanations, a related Latin grammar activity, plus related writing and open-ended projects. Learning Latin Through Mythology
44
$19.40
9780521397797
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
SE
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin C
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
3 | Primary | Secondary | Higher Education
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 2
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
Unit 4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 1
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 4
4
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 2
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • •
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship
•
revised presentation of grammatical features
•
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives
•
revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 3
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 1
Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
Unit 2
Starting in Roman Britain and moving on to imperial Rome itself, Unit 3 focuses on the murderous schemes and machinations of Gaius Salvius Liberalis, as he plots his ruthless and apparently unstoppable rise to power. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070981
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
9 781107 070936
ISBN: 9781107070936
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070967
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070967
ISBN 978-1-107-07097-4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 4
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Unit 3
• color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com. For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
3
ISBN 978-1-107-07098-1
Short Latin Stories9 781107 070974 > Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
ISBN: 9781107070936
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Fifth Edition
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070974
ISBN: 9781107070967
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070936
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
9 781107 070981
9781107070981cvr.indd 1
ISBN: 9781107070936
Unit 4
4
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research • increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4 FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07096-7
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises. For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH EDITION
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. Following in the footsteps of two fugitives from the destruction of Pompeii, Unit 2 captures the drama of the daily lives of the inhabitants of two very different provinces at opposite ends of the Roman empire, Britain and Egypt. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include: • revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
C M Y K
C M Y K
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises. The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself. Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
9 781107 070936
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
ISBN 978-1-107-07093-6 Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070981
978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
Unit 4
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
C M Y K
C M Y K 978-1-107-07098-1 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 4
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
C M Y K
Unit 2
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
C M Y K
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
C M Y K
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070974
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
FIFTH EDITION
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
ISBN: 9781107070967
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 4
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 3
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
3
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 2
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
Fifth Edition
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
2
FIFTH EDITION
Unit 1
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
FIFTH EDITION
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world.
Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
2
expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Fifth Edition
FIFTH EDITION
1
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned
• • • •
a wide range of color photographs, many specially commissioned updated sections on background and culture which take account of recent advances in scholarship revised presentation of grammatical features expanded sections featuring work on derivatives revised and expanded questions accompanying comprehension pages.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE The Cambridge Latin Course is a well-established and highly successful program for learning Latin, structured in four Units. This proven approach includes a stimulating, continuous story line, grammatical development and cultural information carefully woven throughout the text, a complete Language Information section, and color photographs that illustrate the Roman world. Unit 3 starts by looking at life in Roman Britain, particularly the towns of Bath and Chester, and then moves on to imperial Rome itself. Other titles in the Course take the reader to Pompeii, southern England and Alexandria. Key features of the Fourth Edition include: • • • • •
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
4
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
978-1-107-07097-4 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 3
For iTextbooks, visit the iTunes bookstore.
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world • updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
FIFTH EDITION
For webBooks and a comprehensive package of integrated digital resources, including video, audio, and interactive activities, visit www.cambridgelatincourse.com.
ISBN: 9781107070936
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
• increased coverage of female participation in Roman society The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
In the first half of Unit 4, the story reaches its climax and final denouement in and around the court of the Emperor Domitian. There follows a selection of Roman authors (adapted where necessary), including Catullus, Ovid, Pliny, Tacitus, and Virgil.
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
1
• updated culture and civilization sections, taking account of recent research
Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
978-1-107-07096-7 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 2
• revised text design, making stories and illustrations more accessible • color line illustrations, giving a clearer picture of the Roman world
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
Unit 1
FIFTH EDITION
978-1-107-07093-6 • Cambridge Latin Course • UNIT 1
Key features of the Fifth Edition Students’ Books include:
Latin Readers
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
The story begins in the town of Pompeii shortly before the eruption of Vesuvius in AD 79 and follows the fortunes of the household of Lucius Caecilius Iucundus. Further titles in the Course take the reader to the Roman provinces of Britain and Egypt, and to imperial Rome itself.
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE
CAMBRIDGE LATIN COURSE Since its first publication in 1970, the Cambridge Latin Course has sold more than four million copies worldwide. Developed by the University of Cambridge School Classics Project, this bestselling Latin program provides an enjoyable and carefully paced introduction to the Latin language, complemented by background information on Roman culture and civilization. The four Units progress from simple stories written specially for the Course to adaptations of Roman authors and original literature. The texts are accompanied by explanations of key language points and supported by grammar practice exercises.
CLASSICS
FIFTH EDITION
The Teacher’s Manuals that accompany each Unit explain the aims and principles of the Course, and give practical guidance on teaching methods and assessment. They also provide a summary of the linguistic objectives of each Stage, detailed notes on all the illustrations, and a complete key to the stories and exercises.
ISBN: 9781107070974
Fifth Edition
28/05/2014 08:13
ISBN: 9781107070981
Fifth Edition
Supplements the Cambridge Latin Course Units 1 & 2. Entertaining short myths, fables, traditional tales, and histories, with glosses and a complete word list.
A Student’s Latin Grammar This clear and compact guide to the Latin language is especially designed for both reference and revision. A Student’s Latin Grammar represents a straightforward and practical approach to the study of Latin grammar for the contemporary student. A Student’s Latin Grammar: • Concentrates on basic and commonly encountered language points. • Includes exercises and practice examples of grammatical points. • C ontains clear summaries and tables of key language points, as well as a comprehensive index. • Is written for students learning to both read and compose Latin.
Our Greek and Latin Roots Our Greek and Latin Roots takes readers on a journey of exploration through their own language, helping them to uncover just how central a part Greek and Latin play in giving English the shape it has today. The book also charts the historical spread of the classical languages through the English-speaking world. Full of fascinating information and stimulating exercises, this book is entirely accessible to teachers and students with little or no knowledge of classical languages.
Short Latin Stories
$ 15.60
9780521315920
A Student’s Latin Grammar
$ 22.60
9780521385879
Our Greek and Latin Roots
$ 16.60
9780521699990
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
45
Support for The Cambridge Latin Course
CLASSICS
Greece and Rome: Texts and Contexts
Alexander the Great Cicero and the Roman Republic
Greece and Rome: Texts and Contexts provides students with direct access to the ancient world. The volumes in this series, which are suitable for both advanced secondary school and undergraduate study, make ancient texts accessible by:
Greek Athletics and the Olympic Games Greek Theatre Herodotus and the Persian Wars
• Providing translations of key extracts.
Homer’s Odyssey
• Scaffolding each text with historical detail.
Horace
• Establishing a social and cultural context for each text.
Lucretius: Poet and Epicurean
• A ccompanying each text with notes and questions to support students and prompt them to develop their own informed responses to the primary source.
Roman Theatre Virgil, a Poet in Augustan Rome
nd Contexts provides students with direct access to the new translations of extracts from the key texts of its ilization, and by setting them in their historical, social
oth advanced secondary school and undergraduate study, e accurate and accessible, accompanied by notes that will age with the primary sources. include:
pt students to develop their own informed opinions, evance of ancient texts to the modern world
Greek Athletics Homer’s and the Olympics Odyssey General editors: eric duGdale and James morwood
Greece and Rome: Texts and Contexts provides students with direct access to the ancient world by offering new translations of extracts from the key texts of its literature, history and civilization, and by setting them in their historical, social and cultural contexts. The series is suitable for both advanced secondary school and undergraduate study, giving translations that are accurate and accessible, accompanied by notes that will enable students to engage with the primary sources. Key features of the series include: • q uestions which prompt students to develop their own informed opinions, and to consider the relevance of ancient texts to the modern world
xts for easy reference
• notes alongside text for easy reference
ns throughout.
Since most of the surviving plays were written for performance at the Theatre of Dionysus at Athens, it is worth examining this theatre in greatest detail, tracing its development over time (see diagram below). Its remains are reasonably well preserved, though most belong to later phases of construction.
Learning
Learning
Thrasyllos monument
Greek Athletics and the Olympics
c duGdale and James morwood
Homer’s Odyssey
r’s dyssey
9780521138208 Greek Athletics and the Olympics CVR C M Y K
The Theatre of Dionysus at Athens
Roman Theatre
Peripatos
Diazoma
Odeon
Orchestra 3
7
4
s West eisodo
4 6
5
• stimulating illustrations throughout.
1a
The modern Olympic Games, however different from the ancient festival at Olympia, still draw inspiration from the games held in ancient Greece. This collection of literary sources, supported by a selection of visual and epigraphic evidence, offers a comprehensive introduction to athletics in ancient Greece. Concentrating on the Olympic Games, but including information about other festivals such as the Panathenaia in Athens, the extracts and accompanying questions allow students to explore the athletic events, which ranged from the familiar track and field to combat and equestrian events. They also shed light on other aspects of ancient athletics, such as the celebrity status of athletes, the role of trainers and the participation of women in the games.
East eisodos
5 1b
Skene 2
Stoa Old Temple of Dionysus
Alan Beale
Charles Weiss
usly brought the mighty Persian Empire’stwo-hundredh an audacious lightning campaign that included brilliant merical odds. He united lands from Greece to India under efly, and thereby rang in the Hellenistic Age. y historical sources, this book allows readers to follow ory and to engage with a variety of perspectives on him an being. Notes provide context for these excerpts while enge readers to embark on their own investigations of this o continues to rival all others in historical significance.
Theatron
Street
New Temple of Dionysus
GREECE & ROME: TEXTS AND CONTEXTS
GREECE & ROME: TEXTS AND CONTEXTS
Charles Weiss
Timothy J. Moore 48
Students are encouraged to engage with the text through detailed commentaries, which include suggestions for discussion and analysis. In addition, numerous practical questions stimulate ideas on staging and encourage students to explore the play’s dramatic qualities.
The Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama series aims to bring students as close as possible to the playwrights’ original words and intentions. The editors combine wide experience of Classics teaching with work in the theatre, ensuring that the translations are both accurate and suitable for performance.
Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama is suitable for students of both Classical Civilisation and Drama. Useful features include: ● full synopsis of the play ● commentary alongside translation for easy reference ● comprehensive Introduction to the Greek Theatre ● time line to set the play in its historical context ● guide to pronunciation of names ● index of topics and themes.
This series affirms the enduring power of classical Greek theatre, and opens up the plays to a whole new audience.
9780521010733 - Harrison and Franklin - Sophocles: Antigone C M Y K
Classical Greek drama is brought vividly to life in this series of new translations. The new versions remain faithful to the original Greek, yet the language has all the immediacy of contemporary English. The result is a series of genuinely actable plays, which bring students as close as possible to the playwright’s original words and intentions.
Sophocles: Antigone
Euripides
Translation by David Franklin Commentary by John Harrison
Medea
Introduction to Greek Theatre by P.E. Easterling
Classical Greek drama is brought vividly to life in this series of new translations. The new versions remain faithful to the original Greek, yet the language has all the immediacy of contemporary English. The result is a series of genuinely actable plays, which bring students as close as possible to the playwrights’ original words and intentions.
Sophocles: Antigone
Introduction to the Greek Theatre by P.E. Easterling
Euripides: Medea
Translation and commentary by John Harrison
Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama
Series Editors: John Harrison and Judith Affleck
Series Editors: John Harrison and Judith Affleck Euripides: Medea
The theatre
Cambridge Translations Drama Cambridge Translations fromfrom GreekGreek Drama
Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama
9780521644792 HARRISON MEDEA C M Y K
Phases Early Late 5th century Lycurgan Late Hellenistic Roman
9780521010733cvr_9780521010733cvr 20/06/2013 11:38 Page 1
9780521644792cvr_9780521644792cvr.qxd 27/01/2012 10:47 Page 1
Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama
Altar
Plan of the Theatre of Dionysus at Athens, after Dörpfeld, and Malyon (in Csapo and Slater 1994).
05/04/2011 15:52
Features of the series include:
ods
of Trip
Sanctuary of Dionysus
N
Key 1a and 1b Late Archaic stones under skene 2 Rectangular stone base 3 Prohedria 4 Front of Lycurgan paraskenia 5 Front of Hellenistic paraskenia 6 Front of Hellenistic proskenion 7 Front of Roman pulpitum
Sophocles
Antigone
Students are encouraged to engage with the text through detailed commentaries, which include suggestions for discussion and analysis. In addition, numerous practical questions stimulate ideas on staging and encourage students to explore the play’s dramatic qualities. Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama is suitable for students of both Classical Civilisation and Drama. Useful features include: ● full synopsis of the play ● commentary alongside translation for easy reference ● comprehensive Introduction to the Greek Theatre ● time line to set the play in its historical context ● guide to pronunciation of names ● index of topics and themes. This series affirms the enduring power of classical Greek theatre, and opens up the plays to a whole new audience.
• A full synopsis of the play • Suggestions for discussion, staging and dramatization • Commentaries on facing pages • A comprehensive introduction to Greek theater and a timeline for historical context • An index of topics and themes
For a full price and ISBN list, please see pages 51-54 of this catalog.
46
Aeschylus Agamemnon
Frogs
Hippolytus
Bacchae
Aristophanes Clouds
Oedipus Tyrannus
Sophocles Philoctetes
Euripides Iphigeneia at Aulis
Hecuba
Ajax
Medea
Antigone
Electra
Professional Development Professional materials from Cambridge bring tried-and-true methodology and cutting-edge technique into the language classroom. In your career as a language professional, you need to have easy access to the latest developments in second-language teaching and learning. Whether you’re a teacher in training, experienced teacher, teacher trainer or other language professional, our training, professional development and research resources will provide you with all the support and information you need, from practical handbooks through to cutting-edge research.
Content-based Instruction and CLIL Text-based Teaching Total Physical Response
Teachers and teachers-in-training will discover that this third edition is a comprehensive survey and analysis of teaching methods used around the world. The book seeks not only to clarify the assumptions behind these methods and their similarities and differences, but also to help teachers explore their own beliefs and practices in language teaching.
Jack C. Richards is Honorary Professor in the Faculty of Education and Social Work at the University of Sydney, Australia. Theodore S. Rodgers is Professor of Psycholinguistics at the University of Hawaii.
NEW!
CVR C M Y K
APPROACHES AND METHODS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING THIRD EDITION
Jack C. Richards and Theodore S. Rodgers
THIRD EDITION
9781107675964 Richards & Rodgers, Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching,
• • •
Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, Third Edition is an extensive revision of this highly successful book. As in previous editions, both major and alternative approaches and methods are surveyed, with the section on current communicative approaches updated to include new material on CLIL, text and genre-based teaching. The book seeks not only to clarify the assumptions behind these approaches, and their similarities and differences, but also to help teachers explore their own beliefs and practices in language teaching. Further new material deals with other directions in language teaching, such as outcomes-based initiatives, to make this edition fully up-to-date.
APPROACHES AND METHODS IN LANGUAGE TEACHING
In addition, this third edition includes content on the teaching and learning environment, with chapters on learners and methods, teachers and methods, plus approaches, methods and the curriculum. It also includes chapters on:
Jack C. Richards and Theodore S. Rodgers
RICHARDS & RODGERS
This third edition of Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching is an extensive revision of the popular and accessible text. Like previous editions, this book surveys the major approaches and methods in language teaching such as Grammar Translation, Audiolingualism, Communicative Language Teaching, and the Natural Approach. It examines each approach and method in terms of its theory of language and language learning, goals, syllabus, teaching activities, teacher and learner roles, materials, and classroom techniques.
Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching Third Edition
Language Teaching Library
A completely revised and updated d edition of A Course e in Language e Teaching
A Course in
English Language Teaching
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers
The role of vision in language education
Zoltán Dörnyei and Magdalena Kubanyiova
Penny Ur
ISBN 9781107663299
CAMBRIDGE APPLIED LINGUISTICS
Reading in a Second Language Moving from Theory to Practice What is known about first and second language reading? Do research findings have implications for reading instruction? This innovative volume explores these and many other essential questions about reading and expands the study of L2 reading by bringing to the fore extensive L1 reading research. This book illuminates the complex cognitive processes that readers employ when they read, including the roles played by implicit and explicit learning, attention, noticing and consciousness, contextual and background knowledge, and memory. It explores variation in reading abilities, and examines contributing causes, such as L1–L2 relationships and sociocultural factors. This comprehensive volume also considers many other important aspects of reading, such as the development of L2 reading comprehension abilities; the major requirements for becoming a fluent reader; and the kinds of instruction and skills development that foster fluent reading.
This volume, through a detailed treatment of the cognitive processes that support reading, explains how reading really works. It offers a thorough overview of important and current research, including first language research, which is not often found in second language acquisition (SLA) publications. This book is a true example of applied linguistics; it makes well-defined linkages between theory and practice, discussing the implications and applications of second language reading theories on instructional practices. It is a valuable resource and reference for action researchers, curriculum designers, teachers, administrators, and those interested in exploring theoretical issues grounded in instructional contexts.
Reading in a Second Language
William Grabe
ISBN 9781107606647
Grabe
Reading in a Second Language: Moving from Theory to Practice
ISBN 978110768676
Reading in a Second Language Moving from Theory to Practice William Grabe
William Grabe is Regents Professor of Applied Linguistics in the English Department at Northern Arizona University where he teaches in the MA-TESL and PhD in Applied Linguistics programs.
Other titles of interest
CAMBRIDGE APPLIED LINGUISTICS Series Editors: Carol A. Chapelle and Susan Hunston ISBN 978 0 521 01651 3
ISBN 978 0 521 49785 5
For more Professional Development titles that have been handpicked for Spanish and Latin instructors, turn the page or see our price list at the back of this catalog. To explore our full list, visit cambridge.org/cambridgeenglish 3482c_RSL_HBcvr_P05.04 1
11/3/08 12:30:38 PM
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 888-000-0000
47
Professional Development Teacher Training, Professional Development and Research Practical The Cambridge methodology texts on this page are written directly for the secondlanguage teacher and administrator. These practical guides apply sound pedagogical principles to every step in the teaching and learning process, from curriculum development to lesson planning.
Management Techniques Jim Scrivener
ment is about creating the right conditions g – whichever method you use, whatever ke and whoever your students are. ment Techniques offers a huge range of downechniques that will help you make the most ace and get your students working in more
Classroom Management Techniques
essential activity-based guide to ELT agement. ques that are clearly presented and easy to uiring minimal preparation. assroom from three perspectives: the teacher and the learners. nd-breaking analysis of 14 kinds of teacher owing you to really examine the way you with learners. to facilitate interaction in your lessons and lking. cal teaching issues such as mixed level physical conditions and discipline. utions for real classroom problems.
Stanley Cambridge Handbooks for Language Teachers Series Editor Scott Thornbury
ISBN 978 1 107 68467 6
nguage niversities areas of opment,
Classroom Management Techniques
Ideas for integrating technology in the classroom
Jim Scrivener Jim Scrivener
Classroom Management Techniques offers a huge range of down-to-earth, practical techniques that will help teachers make the most of their teaching space and get students working in more focused ways, allowing more time to be devoted to useful, meaningful activities.
Graham Stanley Graham Stanley 1/24/13 5:56 PM
This book is for teachers interested in integrating technology—from interactive whiteboards to social media—into their classroom practice. Chapters cover language skills and the language areas of grammar, pronunciation and vocabulary, as well as project work and assessment and evaluation. Includes 150 activities for beginner to advanced students.
Cambridge Language Education
Professional Development for Language Teachers
d erials s, Hong razil. uth s’s many oaches ng in ge Teaching.
Language Learning with Technology
Language Learning with Technology
Richards Farrell
ractical s who eacher that can ncluding nvaluable elopment her
Cambridge Handbooks for Teachers
Language Learning with Technology
224 0
Cambridge Handbooks for Language Teachers Series Editor Scott Thornbury
re you to try out fresh ideas, from the basic mental. It will also help you to anticipate s in the classroom, allowing more time to be meaningful activities.
Classroom Management Techniques
JACK C. RICHARDS THOMAS S. C. FARRELL
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR
LANGUAGE TEACH ERS
Reflective Teaching in Second Language Classrooms Jack C. Richards and Charles Lockhart Reflective Teaching in Second Language Classrooms offers a carefully structured approach to self-observation and self-evaluation. Richards and Lockhart aim to develop a reflective approach to teaching, one in which teachers collect data about their own teaching; examine their attitudes, beliefs, and assumptions; and use the information they obtain as a basis for critical reflection on teaching practices.
Strategies for Teacher Learning
Professional Development for Language Teachers Jack C. Richards and Thomas S. C. Farrell SERIES EDITOR
JACK C. RICHARDS
Professional Development for Language Teachers examines ten different techniques that can be used to facilitate professional development in language teaching. All chapters contain practical examples in the form of vignettes written by teachers, as well as reflection questions to help readers apply the approach in their own teaching context.
Curriculum Development in Language Teaching Jack C. Richards Curriculum Development in Language Teaching provides a systematic introduction to the issues involved in developing, managing, and evaluating effective second and foreign language programs and teaching materials. Discussion activities throughout the book enable it to be used as a reference text for teachers and administrators.
48
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
Reference and Research Nation Learning Vocabulary in Another Language
Cambridge’s wealth of cutting-edge reference titles provide pedagogical support to second-language teachers. These titles have a strong theoretical foundation and a focus on practical application, helping teachers bring contemporary linguistics research into their own classrooms.
Learning Vocabulary in Another Language I. S. P. Nation
Second Edition
Second Edition
NEW!
gurative language is shown to be pervasive and inescapable, but it is lso suggested that it varies significantly across genres. Hence, the use of gurative language can both help and hinder communication, especially when oundaries between genres and discourse communities are crossed.
• Introduces a framework for accurately describing and analysing figurative language which foregrounds the importance of genre and register • Examines variation in the forms, frequency and functions of figurative language in use • Provides evidence for the importance of metaphor and metonymy for discourse communities, and how this can exclude and confuse outsiders esign House • Draws on written and spoken data from diverse contexts, such as popular science writing, spoken academic discourse and football reporting
Figurative Language, Genre and Register
gurative Language, Genre and Register brings together methods from iscourse analysis and corpus linguistics in a cutting-edge study of figurative anguage in spoken and written discourse. The authors combine their xtensive experience in figurative language research to explore metaphor nd metonymy within a variety of genres and registers, at both the discourse nd lexical level. They present a clear framework for analysis which allows or an accurate and complete description of figurative language as it is used y members of different discourse communities. This framework is applied o new data as well as to the authors’ past research to show how its use can chieve new insights.
Deignan, Littlemore & Semino
AMBRIDGE APPLIED LINGUISTICS
Figurative Language, Genre and Register
Cambridge Applied Linguistics Figurative Language, Genre and Register
Learning Vocabulary in Another Language, Second Edition
Alice Deignan, Jeannette Littlemore and Elena Semino
I. S. P. Nation
CAMBRIDGE APPLIED LINGUISTICS Series Editors: Carol A. Chapelle and Susan Hunston
The book provides a detailed survey of research and theory on the teaching and learning of vocabulary with the aim of providing pedagogical suggestions for both teachers and learners, and describes what vocabulary learners need to know to be effective language users.
lice Deignan is Reader in Applied Linguistics in the School of Education at he University of Leeds, UK.
eannette Littlemore is Reader in Applied Linguistics in the Centre for English anguage Studies at the University of Birmingham, UK.
lena Semino is Professor of Linguistics and Verbal Art in the Department of nguistics and English Language at Lancaster University, UK.
www.cambridge.org/elt/cal
tles of interest
Figurative Language, Genre and Register
CAMBRIDGE APPLIED LINGUISTICS Series Editors: Carol A. Chapelle and Susan Hunston
0 521 14959 4
Alice Deignan, Jeannette Littlemore and Elena Semino
ISBN 978 0 521 33813 4 Cover design: The Design House
cvr.indd 1
2/5/13 8:45:07 PM
Language Teaching Library CAMERON
Language Teaching Library
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers
Lynne Cameron
• Wide range of techniques and principles to build classroom motivation through vision • Innovative visualisation methods to promote motivation based on research in sports, psychology and education • Links between the motivation of language teachers and learners • Rich selection of strategies for inspiring and protecting language teachers’ motivation and vision Zoltán Dörnyei is Professor of Psycholinguistics in the School of English at the University of Nottingham, UK. Magdalena Kubanyiova is Lecturer in Educational Linguistics in the School of Education at the University of Birmingham, UK.
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers
This volume presents a new approach to motivation that focuses on the concept of ‘vision’. Drawing on visualisation research in sports, psychology and education, the authors describe powerful ways by which imagining future scenarios in one’s mind’s eye can promote motivation to learn a foreign language. The book offers a rich selection of motivational strategies that can help students to ‘see’ themselves as potentially competent language users, to experience the value of knowing a foreign language in their own lives and, ultimately, to invest effort into learning it. Transformational leaders’ vision for change is one of the prerequisites of turning language classrooms into motivating learning environments, and the second part of the book therefore focuses on how to ignite language teacher enthusiasm, how to re-kindle it when it may be waning and how to guard it when it is under threat.
DÖRNYEI & KUBANYIOVA
Teaching Languages to Young Learners
Teaching Languages to Young Learners
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers Building vision in the language classroom Zoltán Dörnyei and Magdalena Kubanyiova
This book brings together discourse analysis and corpus linguistics in a cutting-edge study of figurative language in spoken and written discourse. Figurative language is shown to be pervasive and inescapable, but it is also suggested that it varies significantly across genres.
Cambridge Language Teaching Library Teaching Language to Young Learners Lynne Cameron Recent years have seen rapid growth in the numbers of children being taught foreign languages at younger ages. Teaching Languages to Young Learners offers teachers and trainers a coherent theoretical framework to structure thinking about children’s language learning.
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers Zoltán Dörnyei and Magdalena Kubanyiova
ISBN 978 0 521 79377 3
This volume presents a new approach to motivation that focuses on the concept of “vision.” Drawing on visualization research in sports, psychology and education, the authors describe powerful ways by which imagining future scenarios can promote motivation to learn a foreign language.
ISBN 978 0 521 74185 9
Language and Linguistics The Cambridge Guide to Second Language Teacher Education For a price list including these and other Teacher Training, Professional Development and Research titles, please see pages 51-54.
Anne Burns, Jack C. Richards This collection provides an overview of current issues, debates, and approaches in Second Language Teacher Education (SLTE) presented by internationally prominent researchers, educators, and emerging scholars.
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
49
Ordering Information Prices are effective October 1st, 2014. All prices are subject to change without notice.
7. Full title and author name
Pricing
9. Special instructions, if any
Institutional Customers
Books will be shipped UPS or Fed Ex Ground unless another method is requested.
All prices within this catalog reflect institutional net pricing. These prices reflect a 20% discount off our retail prices. You are an institutional customer if you are a school, college, or university.
Individual Customers
8. Quantity, per title
Terms are net 30 days, F.O.B. shipping point. Please forward your purchase order on official letterhead to the following address: Cambridge University Press
Individual customers will be charged our retail price, which is not provided within this catalog. Retail prices are higher than our institutional prices listed in this catalog. Please check our website for retail prices: www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish
Order FulfillmentOrder Fulfillment
Examination Copies
Orders from Individuals
Please contact your local World Language Specialist (see page 55) and include the following information: • Complete title
100 Brook Hill Drive West Nyack, NY 10994-2133
All orders from individuals must be prepaid by check, money order, or credit card (AMERICAN EXPRESS, VISA, and MASTERCARD). Credit card customers may also call 800-872-7423.
• ISBN
Contact Cambridge University Press
• Course title
Customer Service
• Current book adopted • Estimated class enrollment
Call 800-872-7423 (9:00am – 5:00pm Eastern Time)
• Adoption decision date
Please examine your shipment upon receipt. Any damages, shortages, billing errors, or other problems must be reported within 30 days. These and all other inquiries should be addressed to:
• Name and phone number of decision maker(s) eSamples are also available for selected titles. Some materials, including teacher resource materials, professional reference titles, CDs, DVDs, etc., may not be available for sample. However, online audio and video samples are available for most titles at: www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish and www. cambridgelatincourse.com Cambridge reserves the right to limit the number of exam copies sent to any one person or address.
Placing Your Order Orders from Schools, Bookstores, and Other Institutions All orders should provide the following information:
Customer Service Cambridge University Press 100 Brook Hill Drive West Nyack, NY 10994-2133 Or email orders@cambridge.org
Tech Support For Cambridge technical support, got to www.cambridge.org/esl/ support Call toll free 844-682-0042 4am–5pm EST
Returns
1. Account # (if known)
All US returns should be sent prepaid to:
2. Complete bill-to-name and address
Cambridge University Press
3. Complete ship-to-name and address 4. Name, title, phone, and email of the person(s) placing the order 5. School purchase order number
Att: Returns Department 1210 Ingram Drive Chambersburg, PA 17202
6. ISBN, per title
50
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
World Languages Catalog
2015 Price List
Mundo Real Media Edition Student’s Book plus 1-year ELEteca Access Level 1
$59.95
9781107472532
Student’s Book plus 1-year ELEteca Access Level 2
$59.95
9781107473379
Student’s Book plus 1-year ELEteca Access Level 3
$59.95
9781107473775
Student’s Book plus 6-year ELEteca Access Level 1
$79.95
9781107472563
Student’s Book plus 6-year ELEteca Access Level 2
$79.95
9781107473461
Student’s Book plus 6-year ELEteca Access Level 3
$79.95
9781107473744
Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 1
$11.95
9781107472662
Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 2
$11.95
9781107474338
Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 3
$11.95
9781107473669
Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 1
$31.95
9781107472747
Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 2
$31.95
9781107474307
Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 3
$31.95
9781107473614
Online Workbook Activation Card Level 1
$11.95
9781107472761
Online Workbook Activation Card Level 2
$11.95
9781107474284
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card Level 3
$24.95
9781107473539
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 1
$34.95
9781107472839
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 2
$34.95
9781107474161
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (1-year Access) Level 3
$34.95
9781107473454
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 1
$54.95
9781107472853
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 2
$54.95
9781107474154
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook (6-year Access) Level 3
$54.95
9781107473430
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card Level 1
$34.95
9781107472907
Online Workbook Activation Card Level 3
$11.95
9781107473607
9781107474147
$64.95
9781107472587
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card Level 2
$34.95
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook Activation Card) 1-year Access Level 1
9781107473416
$64.95
9781107473553
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card Level 3
$34.95
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook Activation Card) 1-year Access Level 2
Heritage Learner’s Workbook Level 1
$19.95
9781107472921
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook Activation Card) 1-year Access Level 3
$64.95
9781107473737
Heritage Learner’s Workbook Level 2
$19.95
9781107474123
Heritage Learner’s Workbook Level 3
$19.95
9781107473393
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook) 6-year Access Level 1
$84.95
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (1-year Access) Level 1
$14.95
9781107472983
$14.95
9781107473980
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook) 6-year Access Level 2
$84.95
9781107473645
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (1-year Access) Level 2 Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (1-year Access) Level 3
$14.95
9781107473348
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Online Workbook) 6-year Access Level 3
$84.95
9781107473720
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (6-year Access) Level 1
$34.95
9781107473010 9781107473935
$24.95
9781107472778
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (6-year Access) Level 2
$34.95
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (1-year Access) Level 1
9781107473317
$24.95
9781107474246
Heritage Learner’s eWorkbook (6-year Access) Level 3
$34.95
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (1-year Access) Level 2
$14.95
9781107473126
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (1-year Access) Level 3
$24.95
9781107473584
Heritage Learners eWorkbook Activation Card Level 1
$14.95
9781107473928
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (6-year Access) Level 1
$44.95
9781107472785
Heritage Learners eWorkbook Activation Card Level 2
$14.95
9781107473270
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (6-year Access) Level 2
$44.95
9781107474239
Heritage Learners eWorkbook Activation Card Level 3
$69.95
9781107472945
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access (6-year Access) Level 3
$44.95
9781107473577
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (1-year Access) Level 1
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card Level 1
$24.95
9781107472792
$69.95
9781107474017
E-book for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card Level 2
$24.95
9781107474192
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (1-year Access) Level 2
9781107472594
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
51
World Languages Catalog
2015 Price List
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (1-year Access) Level 3
$69.95
9781107473362
Classroom Pack (All Student and Teacher Materials plus Posters and Flashcards) Level 2
$74.95
9788498486193
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (6-year Access) Level 1
$89.95
9781107472969
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access Level 1
$29.95
9781107441682 9781107442085
$89.95
9781107474000
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access Level 2
$29.95
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (6-year Access) Level 2
eBook for Teacher plus ELEteca Access Level 1
$44.95
9788498486506
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Heritage Learner’s Workbook (6-year Access) Level 3
$89.95
9781107473355
eBook for Teacher plus ELEteca Access Level 2
$44.95
9788498486520
Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and $74.95 Digital Master Guide Level 1
9781107473294
$39.95
9788498483819
Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and $74.95 Digital Master Guide Level 2
9781107473904
Curso de Literatura española moderna + CD El Bloc 2: Español en imágenes + CD
$11.95
9788498483987
Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and $74.95 Digital Master Guide Level 3
9781107472723
El Bloc: Español en imágenes
$11.95
9788495986801
España, ayer y hoy + CD-ROM
$29.95
9788498484137
$29.95
9788498480863
DVD Level 1
$44.95
9781107473331
Gramática española básica
DVD Level 2
$44.95
9781107473881
Hoy hablamos de… + ELEteca Access
$29.95
9788498484052
9781107472754
Lo básico
$14.95
9788498482089
DVD Level 3
$44.95
Entornos
Lo dicho
$14.95
9788498481990
$44.95
9788498480405
$14.95
9788489756793
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access
$114.95
9781107468528
Tablas
Loose Leaf Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access
$99.95
9781107469280
Taller de escritura: Cuaderno de actividades
ELEteca Access (I Year) Activation Card
$54.95
9781107469334
Taller de escritura: Guía didáctica
$14.95
9788489756809
Universo Gramatical: Versión francesca + ELEteca Access
$19.95
9788498484144
Universo Gramatical: Versión internacional + ELEteca Access
$19.95
9788498484410
Vamos al cine
$44.95
9788498485141
Online Workbook Activation Card
$34.95
9781107469341
Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$139.95
9781107469303
Loose Leaf Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$124.95
9781107469327
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access Activation Card
$59.95
9781107469402
Las preposiciones
eBook for Student plus ELEteca Access and Online Workbook Activation Card
$84.95
9781107469396
Annotated Instructor’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide
$124.95
9781107469358
El subjunctivo 2
DVD
$24.95
9781107469389
Additional Spanish Resources: Coleccion Paso a paso
¡Hola, Mundo!, ¡Hola, Amigos!
52
Additional Spanish Resources
Student’s Book plus CD-ROM Level 1
$29.95
9788498486124
Student’s Book plus CD-ROM Level 2
$29.95
9788498486162
Activity Book Level 1
$11.95
9788498486131
Activity Book Level 2
$11.95
9788498486179
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus CDROM, Activity Book) Level 1
$34.95
9788498486100
Value Pack (Student’s Book plus CDROM, Activity Book) Level 2
$34.95
9788498486117
Teacher’s Manual plus CD-ROM, Audio CD and ELEteca Access Level 1
$44.95
9788498486148
Teacher’s Manual plus CD-ROM, Audio CD and ELEteca Access Level 2
$44.95
9788498486186
Classroom Pack (All Student and Teacher Materials plus Posters and Flashcards) Level 1
$74.95
9788498486155
$14.95
9788498481297
¿Ser o estar?
$14.95
9788489756045
El subjunctivo 1
$14.95
9788489756663
$14.95
9788489756465
Additional Spanish Resources: Spanish for Specific Purposes Temas de empresa
$19.95
9788495986696
Temas de empresa Answer Key
$14.95
9788495986764
Temas de salud
$19.95
9788498480337
Temas de salud Answer Key
$14.95
9788498480344
Temas de turismo
$19.95
9788495986993
Temas de turismo Answer Key
$14.95
9788495986986
Spanish Readers: Alejo y su pandilla Nivel 1: Amigos en Madrid
Beginner
$9.95
9788498481716
Nivel 2: Viaje a Buenos Aires + CD
High Beginner
$9.95
9788498481723
Nivel 3: Misterio en Cartagena de Indias + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481730
Spanish Readers: Aprende Español con… Robin Hood + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498485431
Gol II + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481303
Monster house + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481327
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
World Languages Catalog
2015 Price List
Billy Elliot + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498485424
Los fantasmas de Goya + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498482003
La máscara del Zorro + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481952
La niña de tus ojos + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483796
Tocando el vacío + CD Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481334
Spanish Readers: Español con guiones Cazatesoros
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498480511
Una condesa muy traviesa
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498480481
Las fallas de Valencia: Mucho más que un sueno
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498480498
Mujer salvaje
Intermediate
Carpeta de Recursos para el professor + CD and CD-ROM Intermediate
Samy y yo + DVD
Intermediate
El viaje a ninguna parte + DVD
Intermediate
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483383
El mensaje secreto + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483390
Carta en una botella + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483413
El secreto de la pirámide + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483406
Enigma en el laberinto Intermediate de maíz + CD
$9.95
9788498484168
Beginner
$9.95
9788489756724 9788489756243
Spanish Readers: Lecturas graduados Amnesia El ascensor
Low Intermediate
$9.95
El paraguas blanco
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481266
Paisaje de otono
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788489756748
$9.95
9788498480504
La biblioteca
Intermediate
$9.95
9788489756236
$24.95
9788498480528
El camino de la vida (Colombia) + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498481006
Con amor y con palabras (México) + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788495986962
Spanish Readers: Español con películas La plaza del diamante + DVD
Aquí hay gato encerrado + CD
$14.95
9788498482393
Muerte entre muñecos Intermediate
$9.95
9788489756700
$14.95
9788498480948
Regreso a las raíces (Colombia) + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788495986948
$9.95
9788498481402
9788498482379
Volver (Argentina) + CD
Intermediate
$14.95
Las aventuras de Tron
High Intermediate
$9.95
9788495986870
Spanish Readers: Lecturas de enigma y misterio
Cambridge Latin Course
El comienzo del fin del Intermediate mundo + CD
$9.95
9788498481174
Los fantasmas del palacio de Linares + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498482324
Gaudi inacabado + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498482300
Los libros perdidos + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498484342
El monstruo del lago Ness + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498484366
Muérdeme + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483758
El secreto de los moáis + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498482348
Las tinieblas de Salamanca + CD
Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483772
Spanish Readers: Lecturas gominola El castillo alfabético + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483321
Perla y Phuong (Una aventura asiática) + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483338
Hardcover Student’s Book, Unit 1
$34.95 9781107070936
Paperback Student’s Book, Unit 1
$24.95 9781107690639
Teacher’s Manual, Unit 1
$49.95 9781107678613
Hardcover Student’s Book, Unit 2
$34.95 9781107070967
Paperback Student’s Book, Unit 2
$24.95 9781107699007
Teacher’s Manual, Unit 2
$49.95 9781107651722
Hardcover Student’s Book, Unit 3
$67.95 9781107070974
Paperback Student’s Book, Unit 3
$47.95 9781107675780
Teacher’s Manual, Unit 3
$49.95 9781107639294
Hardcover Student’s Book, Unit 4
$67.95 9781107070981
Paperback Student’s Book, Unit 4
$47.95 9781107693272
Teacher’s Manual, Unit 4
$49.95 9781107660823
Minimus Minimus: Pupil’s Book
$23.20
9780521659604
Minimus: Teacher’s Resource Book
$66.20
9780521659611
Minimus: Audio CD
$21.80
9780521681469
Minimus Secundus: Pupil’s Book
$23.20
9780521755450
Minimus Secundus: Teacher’s Resource Book
$66.20
9780521755467
$21.80
9780521681476
Cambridge Latin Anthology (Hardcover)
$27.00
9780521808873
Cambridge Latin Anthology Teacher’s Handbook
$28.80
9780521578547
S de safari + CD
Beginner
$9.95
9788498483345
Aula mágica + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483352
Minimus Secundus: Audio CD
Viaje al corazón de la selva + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483369
Support for the Cambridge Latin Course
Un viaje sorpresa + CD
Low Intermediate
$9.95
9788498483376
Contact Your Global Language Specialist: 800-394-3419
53
World Languages Catalog
2015 Price List
Learning Latin Through Mythology
$19.40
9780521397797
Language Learning with Technology
$32.00 9781107628809
Short Latin Stories
$15.60
9780521315920
$36.80 9780521804981
A Student’s Latin Grammar
$22.60
9780521385879
Learning Vocabulary in Another Language, Second Edition
Our Greek and Latin Roots
$16.60
9780521699990
Motivating Learners, Motivating Teachers
$33.60 9781107606647
Planning Lessons and Courses
$29.40 9780521633543
Professional Development for Language Teachers
$31.60 9780521613835
Psychology for Language Teachers
$33.60 9780521498807
Reading in a Second Language
$36.80 9780521729741 $31.60 9780521458030
Greece and Rome: Texts and Contexts Alexander the Great
$26.00
9780521707091
Cicero and the Roman Republic
$26.00
9780521691161
Greek Athletics and the Olympics
$26.00
9780521138208
Greek Theatre in Context
$26.00
9780521689427
Herodotus and the Persian Wars
$26.00
9780521689434
Reflective Teaching in Second Language Classrooms
Homer’s Odyssey
$26.00
9780521137737
Second Language Listening
$31.60 9780521786478
Horace: A Poet for a New Age
$26.00
9780521757461
Task-Based Language Teaching
$33.60 9780521549479
Lucretius: Poet and Epicurean
$26.00
9780521721561
Teaching Language to Young Learners
$33.60 9780521774345
Roman Theatre
$26.00
9780521138185
Teaching Speaking
$31.60 9781107648333
Socrates and Athens
$26.00
9780521757485
The Roles of Language in CLIL
$33.60 9780521150071
Tacitus and the Principate: From Augustus $26.00 to Domitian
9780521747615
The Self-Directed Teacher
$31.60 9780521497732
Virgil: A Poet in Augustan Rome
$26.00
9780521689441
Understanding Communication in Second Language Classrooms
$31.60 9780521459686
Vocabulary Activities
$34.60 9780521181143
Aristophanes: Frogs
$10.80
9780521172578
Aeschylus: Agamemnon
$10.80
9780521010757
Aristophanes: Clouds
$10.80
9780521172561
Euripides: Bacchae
$10.80
9780521653725
Euripides: Hecuba
$10.80
9780521678254
Euripides: Hippolytus
$10.80
9780521678278
Euripides: Iphigeneia at Aulis
$10.80
9781107601161
Euripides: Medea
$10.80
9780521644792
Sophocles: Ajax
$10.80
9780521655644
Sophocles: Antigone
$10.80
9780521010733
Sophocles: Electra
$10.80
9780521678261
Sophocles: Oedipus Tyrannus
$10.80
9780521010726
Sophocles: Philoctetes
$10.80
9780521644808
Cambridge Translations from Greek Drama
Professional Development
54
Affect in Language Learning
$33.60 9780521659635
Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching, Third Edition
$33.60 9781107675964
Classroom Decision Making
$33.60 9780521666145
Classroom Management Techniques
$29.40 9780521741859
CLIL Activities
$34.60 9780521149846
CLIL: Content and Language Integrated Learning
$30.80 9780521130219
Communicative Language Teaching
$33.60 9780521281546
Curriculum Development in Language Teaching
$31.60 9780521804912
Dictionary Activities
$29.40 9780521690409
Discussions that Work
$29.40 9780521281690
Figurative Language, Genre and Register
$36.80 9781107402034
Focus on Form in Classroom Second Language Acquisition
$36.80 9780521625517
To place an order, call 800-872-7423 or email orders@cambridge.org
World Language Specialists
Beth Montagano
Elizabeth Lee
Regina Snyder
Alabama, Kentucky, Maine, Mississippi, New Hampshire, Tennessee, Vermont, and West Virginia 877-883-1190 bmontagano@cambridge.org
Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas (North) 855-257-6042 elizabeth.lee1225@yahoo.com
Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island 800-995-4375 rsnyder@cambridge.org
Mike Bennett
Sally Howard
Alaska, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, North Dakota, Nebraska, South Dakota, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming 888-415-0450 mike.bennett@mwt.net
Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico, Nevada, Oregon, Utah 855-778-1134 showard@cambridge.org
Cheri Allen Delaware, Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Washington DC, and Virginia 844-890-0927 callen@cambridge.org
Danny Kolker Florida and Puerto Rico 855-320-8250 dkolker@cambridge.org
Kathy Krokar Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, and Ohio 844-821-9020 kkrokar@cambridge.org
Travis Hewgley Texas (Central, South, and West) 800-580-3711 thewgley@cambridge.org
Contact your World Languages Specialist 800-394-3419 Higher Education Instructors, Please Call 888-375-2899
55
Non-Profit Org. U.S. Postage PAID Cambridge University Press
32 Avenue of the Americas New York, NY 10013 www.cambridge.org
SINCE WE PUBLISHED our first book in 1584, Cambridge University Press has printed materials that enrich teaching, learning, and research. As our world has become more global, so has the Press, and we now work from more than fifty offices around the world. This year, we are excited to release an updated edition of the beloved Cambridge Latin Course; Mundo Real Media Edition, which combines cutting-edge communicative methodology with an exciting digital learning environment; and Entornos, a brand new introductory college course. These courses build on our experience with second language acquisition, and reinforce our commitment to innovation and learning.
ENTORNOS
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives. Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives. Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately. With real-life themes, high-interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
18:22
18:22
that focuses on functional, real-life immediately . With real-life themes, highencourages students to begin speaking the language teaches the language relevant to students’ interest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
TEACHER’S EDITION
1
1
NEW!
Each Level of Mundo Real is accompanied by a Workbook for additional practice and review. • The eight units in each workbook provide additional practice for the skills covered in the Student Book. • For independent study or homework, the Workbook activities focus on reading and listening comprehension and written expression.
1
18:22
18:22
lives.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561
1
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310
• Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619
• Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334
1 Mundo_Real_Ejercicios_Cubierta.indd 1
edi tion
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303
1
• Mundo speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. that increase students’ comfort levels in • Communicative tasks develop language strategies
9781107650176 • Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9788498485561 • eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303 • Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital 9781107414334 • DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303
18:22
real-world settings. reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are Edition. and writing skills seamlessly through • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading engaging content related to the unit theme. content in the unit to their lives, • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. solutions. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving Real, links teachers and students and • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access .................................................................ISBN 9781107650176
• eBook plus ELEteca Access..................................................................................ISBN 9788498485561
• Workbook ....................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414303 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ISBN 9781107414310 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide ....ISBN 9781107692619
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334 to develop stronger students Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages
MEDIA
TEACHER’S EDITION
Mundo Real is an exciting new Spanish program which uses lively and compelling content, images, and video to teach the language that learners need to succeed in and outside the classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo Real offers a communicative approach that focuses on functional, real-life language. The program’s guided and manageable content encourages students to begin speaking the language immediately . With real-life themes, highinterest content, and natural speech, Mundo Real teaches the language relevant to students’ lives.
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. content, and compelling and uses lively program which • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo links teachers and students new Spanish is an exciting Mundo Real Real, need to succeed in and outside the images, and video to teach the language that learners Real offers a communicative approach provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom. classroom. Designed for high school students, Mundo language. The program’s guided and manageable content
PRIMER CURSO DE LENGUA ESPAÑOLA
1
• DVD .................................................................................................................................ISBN 9781107414334
30/12/13 15:43
11_MundoReal_profesor_Cubierta.indd 1
29/01/14 16:36
1
1
• Mundo Real’s highly interactive, experiential format encourages students to develop stronger speaking and communicative skills in a variety of contexts. • Communicative tasks develop language strategies that increase students’ comfort levels in real-world settings. • Each unit features tangible, relevant goals that are reinforced in the Workbook and Teacher’s Edition. • Students develop vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing skills seamlessly through engaging content related to the unit theme. • Mundo Real motivates learners to connect the thematic content in the unit to their lives, providing relevance to Spanish language instruction. • Extensive teacher support provides complete, time-saving solutions. • ELEteca, the Learning Management System for Mundo Real, links teachers and students and provides valuable support in and outside of the classroom.
• Student Book plus ELEteca Access ................................................................. ISBN 9781107650176 • eBook plus ELEteca Access.................................................................................. ISBN 9788498485561 • Workbook .................................................................................................................... ISBN 9781107414303 • Value Pack (Student’s Book plus ELEteca Access, Workbook) ........ ISBN 9781107414310 • Teacher’s Edition plus ELEteca Access and Digital Master Guide .... ISBN 9781107692619 • DVD ................................................................................................................................. ISBN 9781107414334
About the Covers Front Cover: This image was captured at the Salar de Uyuni, the largest salt flat in the world, located in Bolivia. Back Cover: This image was captured in the ruins of Pompeii. MundoReal_1_Cubierta_Media_Edition.indd 1
1 20/06/14 13:39
www.cambridge.org/cambridgespanish www.cambridgelatincourse.com